1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 namespace { 132 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 133 NotFound, 134 FoundNonType, 135 FoundType 136 }; 137 } // namespace 138 139 /// \brief Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 140 /// dependent class. 141 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 142 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 143 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 144 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 145 SourceLocation NameLoc, 146 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 147 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 148 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 149 // Look for type decls in base classes. 150 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 151 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 152 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 153 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 154 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 155 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 156 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 157 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 158 // templates. 159 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 160 continue; 161 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 162 if (!TD) 163 continue; 164 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 165 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 166 if (!BasePrimaryTemplate) 167 continue; 168 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 169 } 170 if (BaseRD) { 171 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 172 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 173 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 174 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 175 } 176 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 177 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 178 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 179 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 180 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 181 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 182 break; 183 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 184 break; 185 } 186 } 187 } 188 } 189 190 return FoundTypeDecl; 191 } 192 193 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 194 const IdentifierInfo &II, 195 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 196 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 197 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 198 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 199 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 200 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 201 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 202 DC = DC->getParent()) { 203 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 204 // templates. 205 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 206 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 207 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 208 } 209 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 210 return ParsedType(); 211 212 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 213 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 214 // lookup during template instantiation. 215 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 216 217 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 218 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 219 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 220 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 221 222 CXXScopeSpec SS; 223 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 224 225 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 226 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 227 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 228 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 229 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 230 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 231 } 232 233 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 234 /// return the declaration of that type. 235 /// 236 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 237 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 238 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 239 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 240 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 241 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 242 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 243 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 244 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 245 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 246 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 247 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 248 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 249 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 250 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 251 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 252 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 253 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 254 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 255 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 256 257 if (!LookupCtx) { 258 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 259 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 260 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 261 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 262 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 263 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 264 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 265 // 266 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 267 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 268 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 269 return ParsedType(); 270 271 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 272 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 273 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 274 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 275 276 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 277 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 278 II, NameLoc); 279 return ParsedType::make(T); 280 } 281 282 return ParsedType(); 283 } 284 285 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 286 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 287 return ParsedType(); 288 } 289 290 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 291 // lookup for class-names. 292 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 293 LookupOrdinaryName; 294 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 295 if (LookupCtx) { 296 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 297 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 298 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 299 // nested-name-specifier. 300 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 301 302 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 303 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 304 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 305 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 306 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 307 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 308 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 309 LookupName(Result, S); 310 } 311 } else { 312 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 313 LookupName(Result, S); 314 315 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 316 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 317 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 318 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 319 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 320 return TypeInBase; 321 } 322 } 323 324 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 325 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 326 case LookupResult::NotFound: 327 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 328 if (CorrectedII) { 329 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo( 330 Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, S, SS, 331 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(true, isClassName), 332 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 333 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 334 TemplateTy Template; 335 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 336 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 337 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 338 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 339 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 340 if (SS && NNS) { 341 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 342 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 343 } 344 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 345 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 346 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 347 // is handled elsewhere). 348 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 349 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 350 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 351 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 352 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 353 IsCtorOrDtorName, 354 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 355 if (Ty) { 356 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 357 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 358 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 359 if (SS && NNS) 360 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 361 *CorrectedII = NewII; 362 return Ty; 363 } 364 } 365 } 366 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 367 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 368 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 369 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 370 return ParsedType(); 371 372 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 373 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 374 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 375 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 376 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 377 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 378 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 379 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 380 return ParsedType(); 381 } 382 383 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 384 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 385 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 386 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 387 if (!IIDecl || 388 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 389 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 390 IIDecl = *Res; 391 } 392 } 393 394 if (!IIDecl) { 395 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 396 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 397 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 398 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 399 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 400 // a type name. 401 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 402 return ParsedType(); 403 } 404 405 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 406 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 407 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 408 // perform the name lookup again. 409 break; 410 411 case LookupResult::Found: 412 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 413 break; 414 } 415 416 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 417 418 QualType T; 419 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 420 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 421 422 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 423 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 424 425 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 426 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 427 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 428 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 429 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 430 // Construct a type with type-source information. 431 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 432 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 433 434 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 435 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 436 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 437 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 438 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 439 } else { 440 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 441 } 442 } 443 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 444 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 445 if (!HasTrailingDot) 446 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 447 } 448 449 if (T.isNull()) { 450 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 451 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 452 return ParsedType(); 453 } 454 return ParsedType::make(T); 455 } 456 457 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 458 static NestedNameSpecifier * 459 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 460 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 461 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 462 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 463 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 464 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 465 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 466 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 467 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 468 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 469 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 470 } 471 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 472 } 473 474 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 475 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 476 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 477 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 478 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 479 480 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 481 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 482 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 483 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 484 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 485 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 486 487 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 488 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 489 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 490 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 491 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 492 493 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 494 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 495 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 496 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 497 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 498 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 499 } 500 501 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 502 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 503 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 504 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 505 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 506 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 507 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 508 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 509 LookupName(R, S, false); 510 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 511 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 512 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 513 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 514 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 515 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 516 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 517 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 518 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 519 } 520 } 521 522 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 523 } 524 525 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 526 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 527 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 528 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 529 /// @code 530 /// template<class T> class A { 531 /// public: 532 /// typedef int TYPE; 533 /// }; 534 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 535 /// public: 536 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 537 /// }; 538 /// @endcode 539 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 540 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 541 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 542 return true; 543 544 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 545 546 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 547 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 548 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 549 return true; 550 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 551 } 552 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 553 } 554 555 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 556 SourceLocation IILoc, 557 Scope *S, 558 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 559 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 560 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 561 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 562 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 563 564 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 565 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 566 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 567 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 568 llvm::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>( 569 false, false, AllowClassTemplates), 570 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 571 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 572 // We corrected to a keyword. 573 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 574 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 575 } else { 576 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 577 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 578 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 579 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 580 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 581 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 582 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 583 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 584 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 585 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 586 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 587 } else { 588 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 589 } 590 591 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 592 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 593 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 594 SourceRange(IILoc)); 595 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 596 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 597 false, ParsedType(), 598 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 599 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 600 } 601 return; 602 } 603 604 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 605 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 606 UnqualifiedId Name; 607 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 608 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 609 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 610 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 611 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 612 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 613 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 614 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 615 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 616 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 617 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 618 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 619 } 620 return; 621 } 622 } 623 624 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 625 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 626 627 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 628 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 629 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 630 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 631 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 632 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 633 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 634 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 635 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 636 637 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 638 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 639 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 640 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 641 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 642 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 643 } else { 644 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 645 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 646 } 647 } 648 649 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 650 /// or 651 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 652 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 653 NextToken.is(tok::less); 654 655 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 656 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 657 return true; 658 659 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 660 return true; 661 } 662 663 return false; 664 } 665 666 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 667 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 668 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 669 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 671 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 672 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 673 StringRef FixItTagName; 674 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 675 case TTK_Class: 676 FixItTagName = "class "; 677 break; 678 679 case TTK_Enum: 680 FixItTagName = "enum "; 681 break; 682 683 case TTK_Struct: 684 FixItTagName = "struct "; 685 break; 686 687 case TTK_Interface: 688 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 689 break; 690 691 case TTK_Union: 692 FixItTagName = "union "; 693 break; 694 } 695 696 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 697 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 698 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 699 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 700 701 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 702 I != IEnd; ++I) 703 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 704 << Name << TagName; 705 706 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 707 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 708 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 709 return true; 710 } 711 712 return false; 713 } 714 715 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 716 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 717 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 718 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 719 720 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 721 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 722 723 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 724 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 725 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 726 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 727 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 728 } 729 730 Sema::NameClassification 731 Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name, 732 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken, 733 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 734 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC) { 735 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 736 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 737 738 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 739 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 740 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 741 } 742 743 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 744 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 745 746 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 747 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 748 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 749 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 750 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 751 return TypeInBase; 752 } 753 754 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 755 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 756 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 757 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 758 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 759 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 760 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 761 return E; 762 } 763 764 bool SecondTry = false; 765 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 766 767 Corrected: 768 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 769 case LookupResult::NotFound: 770 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 771 // call. 772 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 773 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 774 // FIXME: Reference? 775 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 776 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 777 778 // C90 6.3.2.2: 779 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 780 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 781 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 782 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 783 // the function call, the declaration 784 // 785 // extern int identifier (); 786 // 787 // appeared. 788 // 789 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 790 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 791 Result.addDecl(D); 792 Result.resolveKind(); 793 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 794 } 795 } 796 797 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 798 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 799 // "struct", or "union". 800 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 801 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 802 break; 803 } 804 805 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 806 // close to this name. 807 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 808 SecondTry = true; 809 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 810 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 811 &SS, std::move(CCC), 812 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 813 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 814 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 815 816 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 817 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 818 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 819 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 820 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 821 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 822 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 823 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 824 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 825 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 826 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 827 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 828 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 829 } 830 831 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 832 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 833 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 834 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 835 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 836 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 837 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 838 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 839 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 840 } 841 842 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 843 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 844 845 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 846 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 847 return Name; 848 849 // Also update the LookupResult... 850 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 851 Result.clear(); 852 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 853 if (FirstDecl) 854 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 855 856 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 857 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 858 // reference the ivar. 859 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 860 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 861 Result.clear(); 862 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 863 return E; 864 } 865 866 goto Corrected; 867 } 868 } 869 870 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 871 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 872 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 873 874 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 875 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 876 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 877 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 878 879 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 880 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 881 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 882 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 883 // qualified by the keyword typename. 884 // 885 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 886 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 887 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 888 // keyword here. 889 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 890 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 891 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 892 } 893 894 case LookupResult::Found: 895 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 896 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 897 break; 898 899 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 900 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 901 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 902 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 903 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 904 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 905 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 906 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 907 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 908 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 909 // ambiguous. 910 // 911 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 912 // so try again after filtering out template names. 913 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 914 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 915 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 916 break; 917 } 918 } 919 920 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 921 return NameClassification::Error(); 922 } 923 924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 925 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 926 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 927 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 928 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 929 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 930 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 931 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 932 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 933 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 934 935 if (!Result.empty()) { 936 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 937 bool IsVarTemplate; 938 TemplateName Template; 939 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 940 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 941 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 942 Result.end()); 943 } else { 944 TemplateDecl *TD 945 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 946 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 947 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 948 949 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 950 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 951 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 952 TD); 953 else 954 Template = TemplateName(TD); 955 } 956 957 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 958 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 959 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 960 // to based on which function we selected. 961 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 962 963 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 964 } 965 966 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 967 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 968 } 969 } 970 971 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 972 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 973 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 974 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 975 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 976 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 977 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 978 return ParsedType::make(T); 979 } 980 981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 982 if (!Class) { 983 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 984 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 985 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 986 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 987 } 988 989 if (Class) { 990 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 991 992 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 993 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 994 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 995 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 996 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 997 } 998 999 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1000 return ParsedType::make(T); 1001 } 1002 1003 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1004 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1005 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1006 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1007 1008 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1009 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1010 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1011 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1012 (NextIsOp && 1013 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1014 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1015 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1016 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1017 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1018 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1019 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1020 return ParsedType::make(T); 1021 } 1022 1023 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1024 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 1025 nullptr); 1026 1027 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1028 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1029 } 1030 1031 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1032 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1033 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1034 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1035 1036 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1037 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1038 // the context we'll need to return to. 1039 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1040 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1041 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1042 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1043 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1044 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1045 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1046 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1047 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1048 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1049 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1050 1051 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1052 // lexical context. 1053 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1054 return DC; 1055 1056 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1057 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1058 // class is the context we need to return to. 1059 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1060 DC = RD; 1061 1062 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1063 // declared in. 1064 return DC; 1065 } 1066 1067 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1068 } 1069 1070 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1071 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1072 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1073 CurContext = DC; 1074 S->setEntity(DC); 1075 } 1076 1077 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1078 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1079 1080 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1081 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1082 } 1083 1084 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1085 Decl *D) { 1086 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1087 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1088 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1089 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1090 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1091 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1092 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1093 return Result; 1094 } 1095 1096 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1097 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1098 } 1099 1100 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1101 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1102 /// 1103 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1104 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1105 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1106 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1107 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1108 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1109 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1110 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1111 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1112 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1113 // namespace. 1114 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1115 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1116 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1117 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1118 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1119 1120 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1121 1122 #ifndef NDEBUG 1123 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1124 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1125 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1126 #endif 1127 1128 CurContext = DC; 1129 S->setEntity(DC); 1130 } 1131 1132 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1133 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1134 1135 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1136 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1137 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1138 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1139 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1140 1141 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1142 // disappear. 1143 } 1144 1145 1146 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1147 // We assume that the caller has already called 1148 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1149 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1150 if (!FD) 1151 return; 1152 1153 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1154 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1155 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1156 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1157 CurContext = FD; 1158 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1159 1160 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1161 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1162 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1163 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1164 S->AddDecl(Param); 1165 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1166 } 1167 } 1168 } 1169 1170 1171 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1172 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1173 // rather than the top-level class. 1174 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1175 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1176 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1177 } 1178 1179 1180 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1181 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1182 /// 1183 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1184 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1185 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1186 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1187 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1188 /// attribute. 1189 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1190 ASTContext &Context) { 1191 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1192 return true; 1193 1194 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1195 return true; 1196 1197 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1198 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1199 } 1200 1201 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1202 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1203 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1204 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1205 // scope. 1206 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1207 S = S->getParent(); 1208 1209 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1210 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1211 // into any context. 1212 if (AddToContext) 1213 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1214 1215 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1216 // are function-local declarations. 1217 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1218 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1219 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1220 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1221 return; 1222 1223 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1224 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1225 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1226 return; 1227 1228 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1229 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1230 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1231 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1232 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1233 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1234 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1235 1236 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1237 break; 1238 } 1239 } 1240 1241 S->AddDecl(D); 1242 1243 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1244 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1245 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1246 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1247 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1248 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1249 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1250 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1251 continue; 1252 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1253 break; 1254 } 1255 1256 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1257 } else { 1258 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1259 } 1260 } 1261 1262 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1263 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1264 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1265 } 1266 1267 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1268 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1269 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1270 } 1271 1272 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1273 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1274 do { 1275 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1276 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1277 return S; 1278 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1279 1280 return nullptr; 1281 } 1282 1283 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1284 DeclContext*, 1285 ASTContext&); 1286 1287 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1288 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1289 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1290 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1291 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1292 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1293 while (F.hasNext()) { 1294 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1295 1296 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1297 continue; 1298 1299 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1300 continue; 1301 1302 F.erase(); 1303 } 1304 1305 F.done(); 1306 } 1307 1308 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1309 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1310 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1311 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1312 } 1313 1314 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1315 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1316 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1317 while (F.hasNext()) 1318 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1319 F.erase(); 1320 1321 F.done(); 1322 } 1323 1324 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1325 /// @code 1326 /// class S { 1327 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1328 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1329 /// }; 1330 /// @endcode 1331 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1332 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1333 // the decl here. 1334 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1335 return false; 1336 1337 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1338 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1339 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1340 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1341 return false; 1342 } 1343 1344 // We need this to handle 1345 // 1346 // typedef struct { 1347 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1348 // } A; 1349 // 1350 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1351 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1352 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1353 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1354 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1355 // not. 1356 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1357 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1358 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1359 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1360 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1361 return true; 1362 } 1363 DC = DC->getParent(); 1364 } 1365 1366 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1367 } 1368 1369 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1370 // these semantics. 1371 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1372 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1373 return false; 1374 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1375 } 1376 1377 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1378 assert(D); 1379 1380 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1381 return false; 1382 1383 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1384 // of members of class templates. 1385 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1386 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1390 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1394 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1395 return false; 1396 } else { 1397 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1398 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1399 return false; 1400 } 1401 1402 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1403 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1404 return false; 1405 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1406 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1407 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1408 // like "inline".) 1409 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1410 return false; 1411 1412 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1413 return false; 1414 1415 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1416 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1417 return false; 1418 } else { 1419 return false; 1420 } 1421 1422 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1423 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1424 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1425 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1426 } 1427 1428 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1429 if (!D) 1430 return; 1431 1432 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1433 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1434 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1435 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1436 } 1437 1438 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1439 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1440 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1441 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1442 } 1443 1444 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1445 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1446 } 1447 1448 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1449 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1450 return false; 1451 1452 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1453 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1454 return false; 1455 1456 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1457 return true; 1458 1459 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1460 // functions. 1461 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1462 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1463 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1464 WithinFunction = 1465 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1466 if (!WithinFunction) 1467 return false; 1468 1469 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1470 return true; 1471 1472 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1473 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1474 return false; 1475 1476 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1477 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1478 1479 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1480 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1481 1482 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1483 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1484 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1485 return false; 1486 } 1487 1488 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1489 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1490 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1491 return false; 1492 1493 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1494 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1495 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1496 return false; 1497 1498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1499 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1500 return false; 1501 1502 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1503 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1504 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1505 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1506 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1507 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1508 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1509 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1510 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1511 return false; 1512 } 1513 } 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1518 } 1519 1520 return true; 1521 } 1522 1523 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1524 FixItHint &Hint) { 1525 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1526 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1527 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1528 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1529 return; 1530 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1531 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1532 } 1533 return; 1534 } 1535 1536 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1537 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1538 return; 1539 1540 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1541 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1542 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1543 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1544 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1545 } 1546 } 1547 1548 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1549 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1550 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1551 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1552 return; 1553 1554 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1555 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1556 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1557 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1558 return; 1559 } 1560 1561 FixItHint Hint; 1562 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1563 1564 unsigned DiagID; 1565 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1566 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1567 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1568 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1569 else 1570 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1571 1572 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1573 } 1574 1575 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1576 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1577 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1578 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1579 // MS inline assembly label name. 1580 bool Diagnose = false; 1581 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1582 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1583 else 1584 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1585 if (Diagnose) 1586 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1587 } 1588 1589 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1590 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1591 1592 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1593 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1594 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1595 1596 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1597 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1598 1599 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1600 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1601 1602 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1603 1604 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1605 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1606 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1607 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1608 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1609 } 1610 1611 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1612 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1613 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1614 1615 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1616 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1617 } 1618 } 1619 1620 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1621 /// 1622 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1623 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1624 /// to the fixed name. 1625 /// 1626 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1627 /// 1628 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1629 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1630 /// 1631 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1632 /// class could not be found. 1633 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1634 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1635 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1636 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1637 // creation from this context. 1638 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1639 1640 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1641 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1642 // find an Objective-C class name. 1643 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo( 1644 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1645 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl>>(), 1646 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1647 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1648 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1649 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1650 } 1651 } 1652 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1653 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1654 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1655 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1656 return Def; 1657 } 1658 1659 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1660 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1661 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1662 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1663 /// ill-formed in C++: 1664 /// @code 1665 /// struct S6 { 1666 /// enum { BAR } e; 1667 /// }; 1668 /// 1669 /// void test_S6() { 1670 /// struct S6 a; 1671 /// a.e = BAR; 1672 /// } 1673 /// @endcode 1674 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1675 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1676 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1677 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1678 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1679 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1680 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1681 /// contain non-field names. 1682 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1683 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1684 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1685 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1686 S = S->getParent(); 1687 return S; 1688 } 1689 1690 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1691 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1692 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1693 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1694 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1695 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1696 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1697 return; 1698 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1699 1700 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1701 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1702 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1703 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1704 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1705 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1706 } 1707 1708 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1709 switch (Error) { 1710 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1711 return ""; 1712 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1713 return "stdio.h"; 1714 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1715 return "setjmp.h"; 1716 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1717 return "ucontext.h"; 1718 } 1719 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1720 } 1721 1722 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1723 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1724 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1725 /// built-in. 1726 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 1727 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1728 SourceLocation Loc) { 1729 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1730 1731 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1732 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 1733 if (Error) { 1734 if (ForRedeclaration) 1735 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1736 << getHeaderName(Error) 1737 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1738 return nullptr; 1739 } 1740 1741 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID)) { 1742 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1743 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID) 1744 << R; 1745 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 1746 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1747 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1748 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 1749 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(ID); 1750 } 1751 1752 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1753 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1754 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1755 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1756 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1757 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1758 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1759 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1760 } 1761 1762 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1763 Parent, 1764 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1765 SC_Extern, 1766 false, 1767 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 1768 New->setImplicit(); 1769 1770 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1771 // FunctionDecl. 1772 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1773 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1774 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1775 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1776 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1777 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1778 SC_None, nullptr); 1779 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1780 Params.push_back(parm); 1781 } 1782 New->setParams(Params); 1783 } 1784 1785 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1786 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1787 1788 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1789 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1790 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1791 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1792 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1793 CurContext = Parent; 1794 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1795 CurContext = SavedContext; 1796 return New; 1797 } 1798 1799 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 1800 /// entity if their types are the same. 1801 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 1802 /// isSameEntity. 1803 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 1804 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 1805 LookupResult &Previous) { 1806 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1807 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 1808 return; 1809 1810 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1811 if (Previous.empty()) 1812 return; 1813 1814 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 1815 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 1816 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 1817 1818 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1819 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 1820 continue; 1821 1822 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 1823 // different linkages. 1824 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1825 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 1826 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 1827 continue; 1828 1829 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 1830 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 1831 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 1832 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 1833 continue; 1834 } 1835 1836 if (!Old->isExternallyVisible()) 1837 Filter.erase(); 1838 } 1839 1840 Filter.done(); 1841 } 1842 1843 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1844 QualType OldType; 1845 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1846 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1847 else 1848 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1849 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1850 1851 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1852 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1853 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1854 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1855 << Kind << NewType; 1856 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1857 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1858 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1859 return true; 1860 } 1861 1862 if (OldType != NewType && 1863 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1864 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1865 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1866 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1867 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1868 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1869 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1870 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1871 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1872 return true; 1873 } 1874 return false; 1875 } 1876 1877 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1878 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1879 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1880 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1881 /// 1882 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1883 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1884 // merging checks. 1885 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1886 1887 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1888 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1889 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1890 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1891 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1892 default: break; 1893 case 2: 1894 { 1895 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1896 break; 1897 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1898 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1899 break; 1900 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1901 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1902 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1906 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1907 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1908 return; 1909 } 1910 case 5: 1911 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1912 break; 1913 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1914 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1915 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1916 return; 1917 case 3: 1918 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1919 break; 1920 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1921 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1922 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1923 return; 1924 } 1925 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1926 } 1927 1928 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1929 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1930 if (!Old) { 1931 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1932 << New->getDeclName(); 1933 1934 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1935 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1936 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1937 1938 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1939 } 1940 1941 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1942 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1943 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1944 1945 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1946 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 1947 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 1948 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 1949 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && OldTag && NewTag && 1950 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 1951 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 1952 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 1953 // instead of our tag. 1954 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 1955 if (OldTD->isModed()) 1956 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 1957 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 1958 else 1959 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 1960 1961 // Make the old tag definition visible. 1962 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, NewTag->getLocation()); 1963 } 1964 } 1965 1966 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1967 // with any extensions enabled. 1968 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1969 return; 1970 1971 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1972 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1973 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1974 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1975 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1976 } 1977 1978 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1979 return; 1980 1981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1982 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1983 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1984 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1985 // to the type to which it already refers. 1986 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1987 return; 1988 1989 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1990 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1991 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1992 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1993 // 1994 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1995 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1996 // 1997 // struct S { 1998 // typedef struct A { } A; 1999 // }; 2000 // 2001 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2002 // allow the above but disallow 2003 // 2004 // struct S { 2005 // typedef int I; 2006 // typedef int I; 2007 // }; 2008 // 2009 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2010 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2011 return; 2012 2013 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2014 << New->getDeclName(); 2015 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2016 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2017 } 2018 2019 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2020 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2021 return; 2022 2023 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2024 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2025 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2026 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2027 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2028 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2029 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2030 return; 2031 2032 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2033 << New->getDeclName(); 2034 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2035 } 2036 2037 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2038 /// attribute. 2039 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2040 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2041 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2042 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2043 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2044 if (Ann) { 2045 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2046 return true; 2047 continue; 2048 } 2049 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2050 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2051 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2052 return true; 2053 } 2054 2055 return false; 2056 } 2057 2058 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2059 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2060 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2061 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2062 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2063 return true; 2064 } 2065 2066 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2067 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2068 /// 2069 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2070 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2071 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2072 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2073 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2074 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2075 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2076 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2077 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2078 // in a case like: 2079 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2080 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2081 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2082 // definition in such a case. 2083 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2084 return false; 2085 2086 if (I->isAlignas()) 2087 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2088 2089 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2090 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2091 OldAlign = Align; 2092 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2093 } 2094 } 2095 2096 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2097 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2098 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2099 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2100 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2101 return false; 2102 2103 if (I->isAlignas()) 2104 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2105 2106 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2107 if (Align > NewAlign) 2108 NewAlign = Align; 2109 } 2110 2111 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2112 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2113 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2114 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2115 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2116 2117 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2118 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2119 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2120 QualType Ty; 2121 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2122 Ty = VD->getType(); 2123 else 2124 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2125 2126 if (OldAlign == 0) 2127 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2128 if (NewAlign == 0) 2129 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2130 } 2131 2132 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2133 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2134 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2135 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2136 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2137 } 2138 } 2139 2140 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2141 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2142 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2143 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2144 // equivalent alignment. 2145 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2146 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2147 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2148 // have no alignment specifier. 2149 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2150 << OldAlignasAttr; 2151 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2152 << OldAlignasAttr; 2153 } 2154 2155 bool AnyAdded = false; 2156 2157 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2158 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2159 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2160 Clone->setInherited(true); 2161 New->addAttr(Clone); 2162 AnyAdded = true; 2163 } 2164 2165 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2166 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2167 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2168 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2169 Clone->setInherited(true); 2170 New->addAttr(Clone); 2171 AnyAdded = true; 2172 } 2173 2174 return AnyAdded; 2175 } 2176 2177 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2178 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2179 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2180 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2181 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2182 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2183 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2184 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2185 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2186 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2187 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2188 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2189 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2190 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2191 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2192 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2193 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2194 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2195 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2196 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2197 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2198 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2199 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2200 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2201 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2202 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2203 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2204 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2205 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2206 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2207 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2208 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2209 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2210 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2211 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, AA->getRange(), 2212 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()), 2213 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2214 else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2215 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, MA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2216 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2217 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, OA->getRange(), AttrSpellingListIndex); 2218 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2219 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2220 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2221 NewAttr = nullptr; 2222 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2223 NewAttr = nullptr; 2224 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2225 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2226 2227 if (NewAttr) { 2228 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2229 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2230 return true; 2231 } 2232 2233 return false; 2234 } 2235 2236 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2237 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2238 return TD->getDefinition(); 2239 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2240 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2241 if (Def) 2242 return Def; 2243 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2244 } 2245 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2246 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2247 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2248 return Def; 2249 } 2250 return nullptr; 2251 } 2252 2253 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2254 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2255 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2256 return true; 2257 return false; 2258 } 2259 2260 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2261 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2262 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2263 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2264 return; 2265 2266 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2267 if (!Def || Def == New) 2268 return; 2269 2270 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2271 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2272 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2273 2274 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2275 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2276 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2277 else { 2278 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2279 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2280 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2281 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2282 : diag::err_redefinition; 2283 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2284 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2285 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2286 } 2287 ++I; 2288 continue; 2289 } 2290 2291 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2292 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2293 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2294 ++I; 2295 continue; 2296 } 2297 } 2298 2299 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2300 ++I; 2301 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2302 } 2303 2304 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2305 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2306 ++I; 2307 continue; 2308 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2309 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2310 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2311 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2312 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2313 // equivalent alignment. 2314 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2315 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2316 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2317 // have no alignment specifier. 2318 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2319 << AA; 2320 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2321 << AA; 2322 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2323 --E; 2324 continue; 2325 } 2326 } 2327 2328 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2329 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2330 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2331 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2332 --E; 2333 } 2334 } 2335 2336 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2337 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2338 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2339 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2340 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2341 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2342 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2343 } 2344 2345 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2346 return; 2347 2348 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2349 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2350 2351 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2352 return; 2353 2354 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2355 2356 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2357 // we process them. 2358 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2359 2360 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2361 bool Override = false; 2362 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2363 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2364 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2365 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2366 switch (AMK) { 2367 case AMK_None: 2368 continue; 2369 2370 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2371 break; 2372 2373 case AMK_Override: 2374 Override = true; 2375 break; 2376 } 2377 } 2378 2379 // Already handled. 2380 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2381 continue; 2382 2383 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2384 foundAny = true; 2385 } 2386 2387 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2388 foundAny = true; 2389 2390 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2391 } 2392 2393 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2394 /// to the new one. 2395 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2396 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2397 Sema &S) { 2398 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2399 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2400 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2401 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2402 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2403 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2404 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2405 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2406 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2407 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2408 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2409 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2410 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2411 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2412 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2413 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2414 } 2415 2416 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2417 return; 2418 2419 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2420 2421 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2422 // done before we process them. 2423 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2424 2425 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2426 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2427 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2428 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2429 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2430 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2431 foundAny = true; 2432 } 2433 } 2434 2435 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2436 } 2437 2438 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2439 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2440 Sema &S) { 2441 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2442 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2443 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2444 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2445 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2446 *Newnullability, 2447 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2448 != 0)) 2449 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2450 *Oldnullability, 2451 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2452 != 0)); 2453 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2454 } 2455 } else { 2456 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2457 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2458 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2459 NewT, NewT); 2460 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2461 } 2462 } 2463 } 2464 2465 namespace { 2466 2467 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2468 /// C. 2469 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2470 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2471 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2472 QualType PromotedType; 2473 }; 2474 2475 } 2476 2477 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2478 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2479 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2480 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2481 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2482 2483 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2484 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2485 2486 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2487 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2488 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2489 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2490 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2491 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2492 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2493 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2494 } 2495 2496 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2497 } 2498 2499 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2500 // declaration, or a declaration. 2501 template <typename T> 2502 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2503 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2504 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2505 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2506 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2507 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2508 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2509 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2510 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2511 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2512 } else 2513 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2514 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2515 } 2516 2517 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2518 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2519 /// GNU89 mode. 2520 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2521 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2522 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2523 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2524 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2525 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2526 } 2527 2528 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2529 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2530 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2531 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2532 return AT; 2533 } 2534 2535 template <typename T> 2536 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2537 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2538 if (DC->isRecord()) 2539 return false; 2540 2541 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2542 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2543 return true; 2544 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2545 return true; 2546 return false; 2547 } 2548 2549 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 2550 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 2551 2552 /// \brief Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 2553 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 2554 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 2555 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 2556 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 2557 ExpectedDecl *New) { 2558 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 2559 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 2560 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 2561 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 2562 // and function templates; or 2563 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 2564 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 2565 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 2566 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 2567 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 2568 2569 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2570 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2571 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2572 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2573 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2574 2575 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 2576 if (Old && 2577 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2578 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2579 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 2580 Old = nullptr; 2581 2582 if (!Old) { 2583 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2584 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 2585 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2586 return true; 2587 } 2588 return false; 2589 } 2590 2591 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2592 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2593 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2594 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2595 /// 2596 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2597 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2598 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2599 /// merged with. 2600 /// 2601 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2602 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2603 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2604 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2605 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2606 if (!Old) { 2607 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2608 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2609 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2610 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2611 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2612 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2613 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2614 return true; 2615 } 2616 2617 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2618 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 2619 return true; 2620 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2621 } else { 2622 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2623 << New->getDeclName(); 2624 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2625 return true; 2626 } 2627 } 2628 2629 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2630 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2631 return true; 2632 2633 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2634 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2635 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2636 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2637 2638 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2639 // is an extern inline function. 2640 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2641 // storage classes. 2642 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2643 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2644 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2645 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2646 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2647 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2649 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2650 } else { 2651 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2652 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2653 return true; 2654 } 2655 } 2656 2657 2658 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2659 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2660 // convention of the first. 2661 // 2662 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2663 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2664 // 2665 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2666 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2667 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2668 // 2669 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2670 // other tests to run. 2671 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2672 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2673 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2674 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2675 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2676 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2677 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2678 2679 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2680 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2681 const FunctionType *FT = 2682 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2683 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2684 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2685 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2686 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2687 // there but not here. 2688 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2689 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2690 } else { 2691 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2692 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2693 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2694 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2695 << !FirstCCExplicit 2696 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2697 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2698 2699 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2700 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2701 return true; 2702 } 2703 } 2704 2705 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2706 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2707 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2708 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2709 } 2710 2711 // Merge regparm attribute. 2712 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2713 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2714 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2715 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2716 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2717 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2718 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2719 return true; 2720 } 2721 2722 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2723 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2724 } 2725 2726 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2727 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2728 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2729 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2730 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2731 return true; 2732 } 2733 2734 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2735 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2736 } 2737 2738 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2739 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2740 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2741 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2742 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2743 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2744 } 2745 2746 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2747 // UndefinedButUsed. 2748 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2749 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2750 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 2751 Old->isUsed(false) && 2752 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2753 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2754 SourceLocation())); 2755 2756 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2757 // about it. 2758 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2759 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2760 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2761 } 2762 2763 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2764 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2765 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2766 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2767 // cannot be overloaded. 2768 2769 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2770 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2771 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2772 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2773 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2774 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2775 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2776 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2777 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2778 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2779 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2780 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2781 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2782 QualType ResQT; 2783 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2784 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2785 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2786 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2787 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2788 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2789 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2790 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2791 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2792 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2793 else 2794 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2795 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2796 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2797 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2798 return true; 2799 } 2800 else 2801 NewQType = ResQT; 2802 } 2803 2804 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2805 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2806 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2807 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2808 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2809 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2810 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2811 New->setType( 2812 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2813 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2814 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2815 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2816 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2817 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2818 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2819 } 2820 } 2821 2822 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2823 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2824 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2825 // Preserve triviality. 2826 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2827 2828 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2829 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2830 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2831 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2832 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2833 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2834 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2835 2836 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2837 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2838 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2839 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2840 // is a static member function declaration. 2841 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2842 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2843 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2844 return true; 2845 } 2846 2847 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2848 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2849 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2850 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2851 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2852 unsigned NewDiag; 2853 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2854 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2855 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2856 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2857 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2858 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2859 else 2860 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2861 2862 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2863 } else { 2864 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2865 << New << New->getType(); 2866 } 2867 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2868 return true; 2869 2870 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2871 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2872 // 2873 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2874 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2875 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2876 if (isFriend) { 2877 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2878 } else { 2879 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2880 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2881 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2882 return true; 2883 } 2884 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2885 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2886 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2887 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2888 return true; 2889 } 2890 } 2891 2892 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2893 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2894 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2895 // attribute. 2896 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2897 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2898 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2899 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2900 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2901 } 2902 2903 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2904 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2905 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2906 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2907 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2908 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2909 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2910 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2911 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2912 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2913 } 2914 2915 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2916 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2917 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2918 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2919 2920 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2921 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2922 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2923 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2924 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2925 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2926 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2927 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2928 } 2929 2930 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2931 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2932 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2933 // 2934 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2935 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2936 // linkage within class scope. 2937 // 2938 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2939 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2940 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2941 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2942 } else { 2943 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2944 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2945 return true; 2946 } 2947 } 2948 2949 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2950 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2951 2952 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2953 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2954 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2955 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2956 // when we instantiate the function. 2957 return false; 2958 } 2959 2960 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2961 } 2962 2963 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2964 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2965 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2966 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2967 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2968 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2969 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2970 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2971 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2972 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2973 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2974 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2975 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2976 NewQType = 2977 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2978 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2979 New->setType(NewQType); 2980 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2981 2982 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2983 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2984 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2985 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2986 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2987 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2988 SC_None, nullptr); 2989 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2990 Param->setImplicit(); 2991 Params.push_back(Param); 2992 } 2993 2994 New->setParams(Params); 2995 } 2996 2997 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2998 } 2999 3000 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3001 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3002 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3003 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3004 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3005 // the prototype. 3006 // 3007 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3008 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3009 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3010 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3011 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3012 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3013 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3014 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3015 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3016 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3017 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3018 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3019 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3020 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3021 3022 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3023 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3024 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3025 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3026 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3027 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3028 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3029 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3030 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3031 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3032 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3033 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3034 NewParm->getType(), 3035 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3036 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3037 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3038 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3039 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3040 } else 3041 LooseCompatible = false; 3042 } 3043 3044 if (LooseCompatible) { 3045 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3046 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3047 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3048 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3049 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3050 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3051 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3052 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3053 } 3054 3055 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3056 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3057 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3058 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3059 } 3060 3061 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3062 } 3063 3064 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3065 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3066 3067 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3068 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3069 unsigned BuiltinID; 3070 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3071 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3072 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3073 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3074 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3075 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3076 << Old << Old->getType(); 3077 3078 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3079 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3080 // 3081 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3082 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3083 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3084 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3085 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3086 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3087 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3088 3089 return false; 3090 } 3091 3092 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3093 } 3094 3095 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3096 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3097 return true; 3098 } 3099 3100 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3101 /// known to be compatible. 3102 /// 3103 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3104 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3105 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3106 /// redeclaration of Old. 3107 /// 3108 /// \returns false 3109 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3110 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3111 // Merge the attributes 3112 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3113 3114 // Merge "pure" flag. 3115 if (Old->isPure()) 3116 New->setPure(); 3117 3118 // Merge "used" flag. 3119 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3120 New->setIsUsed(); 3121 3122 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3123 // declarations. 3124 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3125 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3126 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3127 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3128 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3129 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3130 } 3131 3132 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3133 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3134 3135 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3136 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3137 // was visible. 3138 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3139 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3140 New->setType(Merged); 3141 3142 return false; 3143 } 3144 3145 3146 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3147 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3148 3149 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3150 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3151 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3152 : AMK_Override; 3153 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3154 3155 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3156 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3157 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3158 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3159 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3160 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3161 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3162 3163 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3164 } 3165 3166 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3167 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3168 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3169 /// 3170 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3171 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3172 /// is attached. 3173 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3174 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3175 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3176 return; 3177 3178 QualType MergedT; 3179 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3180 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3181 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3182 return; 3183 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3184 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3185 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3186 } 3187 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3188 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3189 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3190 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3191 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3192 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 3193 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3194 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3195 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3196 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3197 NewArray->getElementType())) 3198 MergedT = New->getType(); 3199 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3200 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3201 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3202 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3203 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3204 NewArray->getElementType())) 3205 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3206 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3207 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3208 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3209 Old->getType()); 3210 } 3211 } else { 3212 // C 6.2.7p2: 3213 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3214 // compatible type. 3215 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3216 } 3217 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3218 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3219 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3220 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3221 // equivalent. 3222 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3223 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3224 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3225 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3226 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3227 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3228 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3229 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3230 return; 3231 } 3232 3233 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3234 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3235 // 3236 // extern int arr[]; 3237 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3238 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3239 // 3240 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3241 // to diagnose it. 3242 Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3243 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3244 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3245 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3246 3247 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3248 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3249 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3250 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3251 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3252 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3253 } 3254 3255 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3256 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3257 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3258 New->setType(MergedT); 3259 } 3260 3261 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3262 LookupResult &Previous) { 3263 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3264 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3265 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3266 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3267 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3268 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3269 // 3270 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3271 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3272 return false; 3273 3274 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3275 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3276 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3277 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3278 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3279 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3280 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3281 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3282 } else { 3283 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3284 // type unless we're in the same function. 3285 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3286 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3287 } 3288 } 3289 3290 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3291 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3292 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3293 /// 3294 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3295 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3296 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3297 /// 3298 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3299 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3300 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3301 return; 3302 3303 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3304 3305 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3306 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3307 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3308 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3309 if (NewTemplate) { 3310 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3311 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3312 3313 if (auto *Shadow = 3314 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3315 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 3316 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3317 } else { 3318 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3319 3320 if (auto *Shadow = 3321 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 3322 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3323 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3324 } 3325 } 3326 if (!Old) { 3327 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3328 << New->getDeclName(); 3329 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3330 diag::note_previous_definition); 3331 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3332 } 3333 3334 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3335 return; 3336 3337 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3338 if (NewTemplate && 3339 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3340 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3341 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3342 return; 3343 3344 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3345 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3346 // 3347 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3348 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3349 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3350 << New->getIdentifier(); 3351 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3352 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3353 } 3354 3355 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3356 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3357 // declaration 3358 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3359 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3360 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3361 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3362 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3363 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3364 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3365 } 3366 3367 // Merge the types. 3368 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 3369 if (MostRecent != Old) { 3370 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 3371 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 3372 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3373 return; 3374 } 3375 3376 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3377 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3378 return; 3379 3380 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3381 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3382 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3383 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3384 3385 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3386 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3387 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3388 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3389 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3390 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3391 << New->getDeclName(); 3392 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3393 } else { 3394 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3395 << New->getDeclName(); 3396 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3397 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3398 } 3399 } 3400 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3401 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3402 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3403 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3404 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3405 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3406 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3407 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3408 // identifier has external linkage. 3409 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3410 /* Okay */; 3411 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3412 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3413 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3414 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3415 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3416 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3417 } 3418 3419 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3420 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3421 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 3422 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3423 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3424 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3425 } 3426 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 3427 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3428 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3429 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3430 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3431 } 3432 3433 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3434 3435 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3436 // need to check for mismatches. 3437 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3438 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3439 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3440 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3441 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3442 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3443 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3444 } 3445 3446 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3447 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3448 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3449 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3450 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3451 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3452 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3453 } else { 3454 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3455 // static and dynamic initialization. 3456 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3457 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3458 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3459 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3460 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3461 } 3462 } 3463 3464 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3465 VarDecl *Def; 3466 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3467 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3468 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3469 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 3470 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 3471 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 3472 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 3473 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 3474 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 3475 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 3476 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 3477 } else { 3478 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3479 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3480 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3481 return; 3482 } 3483 } 3484 3485 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3486 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3487 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3488 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3489 return; 3490 } 3491 3492 // Merge "used" flag. 3493 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3494 New->setIsUsed(); 3495 3496 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3497 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3498 if (NewTemplate) 3499 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3500 3501 // Inherit access appropriately. 3502 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3503 if (NewTemplate) 3504 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3505 } 3506 3507 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3508 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3509 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3510 DeclSpec &DS) { 3511 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3512 } 3513 3514 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 3515 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 3516 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 3517 // compatibility. 3518 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 3519 // targeted. 3520 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 3521 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 3522 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 3523 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 3524 } 3525 3526 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3527 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3528 return; 3529 3530 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3531 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3532 // it is anonymous. 3533 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3534 return; 3535 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3536 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3537 Context.setManglingNumber( 3538 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 3539 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3540 return; 3541 } 3542 3543 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3544 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3545 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 3546 Tag->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 3547 Context.setManglingNumber( 3548 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 3549 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 3550 } 3551 } 3552 3553 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 3554 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 3555 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 3556 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 3557 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) 3558 return; 3559 if (TagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3560 return; 3561 3562 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 3563 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 3564 3565 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 3566 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 3567 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) 3568 return; 3569 3570 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 3571 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 3572 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 3573 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 3574 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 3575 // for how to handle it. 3576 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 3577 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 3578 3579 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 3580 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 3581 3582 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 3583 textToInsert += ' '; 3584 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 3585 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 3586 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 3587 return; 3588 } 3589 3590 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 3591 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 3592 } 3593 3594 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 3595 switch (T) { 3596 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 3597 return 0; 3598 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 3599 return 1; 3600 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 3601 return 2; 3602 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 3603 return 3; 3604 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 3605 return 4; 3606 default: 3607 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 3608 } 3609 } 3610 3611 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3612 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3613 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3614 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3615 DeclSpec &DS, 3616 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3617 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3618 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3619 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3620 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3621 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3622 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3623 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3624 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3625 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3626 3627 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3628 return nullptr; 3629 3630 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3631 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3632 // it's a Type. 3633 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3634 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3635 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3636 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3637 } 3638 3639 if (Tag) { 3640 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 3641 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3642 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3643 return Tag; 3644 } 3645 3646 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3647 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3648 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3649 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3650 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3651 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3652 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3653 } 3654 3655 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3656 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3657 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3658 if (Tag) 3659 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3660 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()); 3661 else 3662 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3663 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3664 return TagD; 3665 } 3666 3667 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3668 3669 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3670 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3671 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3672 if (TagD && !Tag) 3673 return nullptr; 3674 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3675 } 3676 3677 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3678 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3679 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3680 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3681 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3682 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3683 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3684 // or an explicit specialization. 3685 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3686 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3687 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 3688 return nullptr; 3689 } 3690 3691 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3692 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3693 3694 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3695 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3696 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3697 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3698 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3699 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3700 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 3701 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3702 3703 DeclaresAnything = false; 3704 } 3705 } 3706 3707 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 3708 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 3709 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 3710 // 3711 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 3712 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 3713 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 3714 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3715 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 3716 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 3717 // struct STRUCT; 3718 // union UNION; 3719 // and 3720 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3721 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 3722 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 3723 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 3724 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 3725 if (Tag) 3726 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3727 else if (const RecordType *RT = 3728 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 3729 Record = RT->getDecl(); 3730 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 3731 Record = UT->getDecl(); 3732 3733 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3734 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 3735 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 3736 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3737 } 3738 3739 DeclaresAnything = false; 3740 } 3741 } 3742 3743 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3744 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3745 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3746 return TagD; 3747 3748 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3749 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3750 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3751 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3752 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3753 DeclaresAnything = false; 3754 3755 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3756 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3757 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3758 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3759 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3760 else 3761 DeclaresAnything = false; 3762 } 3763 3764 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3765 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3766 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3767 << Tag->getTagKind() 3768 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3769 3770 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3771 3772 // C 6.7/2: 3773 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3774 // or the members of an enumeration. 3775 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3776 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3777 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3778 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3779 // previous declaration. 3780 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3781 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3782 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3783 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3784 return TagD; 3785 } 3786 3787 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3788 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3789 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3790 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3791 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3792 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3793 // 3794 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3795 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3796 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3797 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3798 3799 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3800 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3801 // useless. 3802 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3803 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3804 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3805 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3806 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3807 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3808 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3809 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3810 } 3811 3812 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3813 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3814 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3815 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3816 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3817 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3818 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3819 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3820 // Restrict is covered above. 3821 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3822 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3823 } 3824 3825 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3826 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3827 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3828 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3829 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3830 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3831 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3832 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3833 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3834 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3835 for (AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); attrs; 3836 attrs = attrs->getNext()) 3837 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3838 << attrs->getName() << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 3839 } 3840 } 3841 3842 return TagD; 3843 } 3844 3845 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3846 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3847 /// 3848 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3849 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3850 Scope *S, 3851 DeclContext *Owner, 3852 DeclarationName Name, 3853 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3854 unsigned diagnostic) { 3855 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3856 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3857 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3858 3859 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3860 return false; 3861 3862 // Pick a representative declaration. 3863 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3864 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3865 3866 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3867 return false; 3868 3869 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3870 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3871 3872 return true; 3873 } 3874 3875 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3876 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3877 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3878 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3879 /// struct, e.g., 3880 /// 3881 /// @code 3882 /// union { 3883 /// int i; 3884 /// float f; 3885 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3886 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3887 /// @endcode 3888 /// 3889 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3890 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3891 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3892 DeclContext *Owner, 3893 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3894 AccessSpecifier AS, 3895 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3896 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3897 unsigned diagKind 3898 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3899 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3900 3901 bool Invalid = false; 3902 3903 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3904 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3905 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3906 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3907 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3908 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3909 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3910 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3911 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3912 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3913 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3914 Invalid = true; 3915 } else { 3916 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3917 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3918 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3919 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3920 // anonymous union is declared. 3921 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3922 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3923 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 3924 else 3925 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3926 3927 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3928 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3929 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3930 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3931 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3932 3933 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 3934 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 3935 VD->getType(), NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3936 3937 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 3938 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 3939 3940 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3941 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3942 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3943 3944 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3945 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3946 3947 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3948 } 3949 } 3950 } 3951 3952 return Invalid; 3953 } 3954 3955 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3956 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3957 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3958 static StorageClass 3959 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3960 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3961 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3962 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3963 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3964 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3965 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3966 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3967 return SC_None; 3968 return SC_Extern; 3969 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3970 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3971 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3972 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3973 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3974 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3975 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3976 } 3977 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3978 } 3979 3980 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3981 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3982 3983 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3984 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3985 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3986 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3987 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3988 return FD->getLocation(); 3989 } 3990 3991 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3992 } 3993 3994 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3995 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3996 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3997 return; 3998 3999 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4000 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4001 } 4002 4003 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4004 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4005 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4006 return; 4007 4008 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4009 } 4010 4011 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4012 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4013 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4014 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4015 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4016 AccessSpecifier AS, 4017 RecordDecl *Record, 4018 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4019 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4020 4021 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4022 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4023 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4024 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4025 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4026 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4027 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4028 4029 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4030 // structs/unions. 4031 bool Invalid = false; 4032 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4033 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4034 unsigned DiagID; 4035 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4036 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4037 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4038 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4039 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4040 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 4041 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 4042 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 4043 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4044 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4045 4046 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4047 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4048 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4049 } 4050 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4051 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4052 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4053 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4054 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4055 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4056 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4057 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4058 4059 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4060 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4061 SourceLocation(), 4062 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4063 } 4064 } 4065 4066 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4067 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4068 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4069 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4070 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4071 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4072 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4073 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4074 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4075 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4076 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4077 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4078 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4079 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4080 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4081 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4082 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4083 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4084 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4085 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4086 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4087 4088 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4089 } 4090 4091 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4092 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4093 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4094 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4095 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4096 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4097 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4098 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4099 // members (clause 11). 4100 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4101 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4102 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4103 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4104 Invalid = true; 4105 } 4106 4107 // C++ [class.union]p1 4108 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4109 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4110 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4111 // array of such objects. 4112 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4113 Invalid = true; 4114 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4115 // Any implicit members are fine. 4116 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4117 // This is a type that showed up in an 4118 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4119 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4120 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4121 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4122 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4123 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4124 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4125 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4126 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4127 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4128 else { 4129 // This is a nested type declaration. 4130 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4131 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4132 Invalid = true; 4133 } 4134 } else { 4135 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4136 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4137 // not part of standard C++. 4138 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4139 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4140 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4141 } 4142 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4143 // Any access specifier is fine. 4144 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4145 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4146 } else { 4147 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4148 // member. Complain about it. 4149 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4150 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4151 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4152 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4153 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4154 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4155 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4156 4157 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4158 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4159 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4160 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4161 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4162 else { 4163 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 4164 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 4165 Invalid = true; 4166 } 4167 } 4168 } 4169 4170 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4171 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4172 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4173 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4174 Owner->isRecord()) 4175 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4176 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 4177 } 4178 4179 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 4180 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 4181 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 4182 Invalid = true; 4183 } 4184 4185 // Mock up a declarator. 4186 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 4187 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4188 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 4189 4190 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 4191 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 4192 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4193 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 4194 DS.getLocStart(), 4195 Record->getLocation(), 4196 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4197 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4198 TInfo, 4199 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4200 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4201 Anon->setAccess(AS); 4202 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4203 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 4204 } else { 4205 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4206 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 4207 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 4208 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 4209 // an error here 4210 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4211 Invalid = true; 4212 SC = SC_None; 4213 } 4214 4215 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 4216 DS.getLocStart(), 4217 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4218 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 4219 TInfo, SC); 4220 4221 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 4222 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 4223 // initializer: 4224 // union { int n = 0; }; 4225 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 4226 } 4227 Anon->setImplicit(); 4228 4229 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 4230 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 4231 4232 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 4233 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 4234 // its members. 4235 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 4236 4237 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 4238 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4239 // purposes. 4240 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4241 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4242 4243 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 4244 Chain, false)) 4245 Invalid = true; 4246 4247 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 4248 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 4249 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4250 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 4251 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 4252 Context.setManglingNumber( 4253 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4254 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 4255 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 4256 } 4257 } 4258 } 4259 4260 if (Invalid) 4261 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4262 4263 return Anon; 4264 } 4265 4266 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 4267 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 4268 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 4269 /// Example: 4270 /// 4271 /// struct A { int a; }; 4272 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 4273 /// 4274 /// void foo() { 4275 /// B var; 4276 /// var.a = 3; 4277 /// } 4278 /// 4279 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4280 RecordDecl *Record) { 4281 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 4282 4283 // Mock up a declarator. 4284 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 4285 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 4286 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 4287 4288 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 4289 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4290 4291 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 4292 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 4293 ParentDecl, 4294 DS.getLocStart(), 4295 DS.getLocStart(), 4296 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 4297 RecTy, 4298 TInfo, 4299 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 4300 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 4301 Anon->setImplicit(); 4302 4303 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 4304 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 4305 4306 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 4307 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 4308 // purposes. 4309 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 4310 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4311 4312 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4313 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 4314 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 4315 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 4316 AS_none, Chain, true)) { 4317 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4318 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4319 } 4320 4321 return Anon; 4322 } 4323 4324 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4325 /// given Declarator. 4326 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4327 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4328 } 4329 4330 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4331 DeclarationNameInfo 4332 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4333 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4334 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4335 4336 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4337 4338 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4339 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4340 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4341 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4342 return NameInfo; 4343 4344 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4345 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4346 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4347 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4348 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4349 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4350 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4351 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4352 return NameInfo; 4353 4354 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4355 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4356 Name.Identifier)); 4357 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4358 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4359 return NameInfo; 4360 4361 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4362 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4363 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4364 if (Ty.isNull()) 4365 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4366 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4367 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4368 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4369 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4370 return NameInfo; 4371 } 4372 4373 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4374 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4375 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4376 if (Ty.isNull()) 4377 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4378 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4379 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4380 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4381 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4382 return NameInfo; 4383 } 4384 4385 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4386 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4387 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4388 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4389 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4390 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4391 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4392 4393 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4394 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4395 4396 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4397 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4398 // was qualified. 4399 4400 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4401 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4402 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4403 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4404 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4405 return NameInfo; 4406 } 4407 4408 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4410 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4411 if (Ty.isNull()) 4412 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4413 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4414 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4415 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4416 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4417 return NameInfo; 4418 } 4419 4420 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4421 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4422 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4423 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4424 } 4425 4426 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4427 4428 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4429 } 4430 4431 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4432 do { 4433 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4434 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4435 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4436 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4437 else 4438 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4439 } while (true); 4440 } 4441 4442 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4443 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4444 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4445 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4446 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4447 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4448 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4449 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4450 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4451 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4452 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4453 Params.clear(); 4454 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4455 return false; 4456 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4457 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4458 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4459 4460 // The parameter types are identical 4461 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4462 continue; 4463 4464 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4465 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4466 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4467 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4468 4469 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4470 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4471 Params.push_back(Idx); 4472 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4473 return false; 4474 } 4475 4476 return true; 4477 } 4478 4479 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4480 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4481 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4482 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4483 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4484 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4485 DeclarationName Name) { 4486 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4487 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4488 // - types which will become injected class names 4489 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4490 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4491 // few cases here. 4492 4493 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4494 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4495 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4496 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4497 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4498 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4499 // Grab the type from the parser. 4500 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4501 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4502 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4503 4504 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4505 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4506 // attached already. 4507 if (!TSI) 4508 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4509 4510 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4511 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4512 if (!TSI) return true; 4513 4514 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4515 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4516 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4517 break; 4518 } 4519 4520 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4521 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4522 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4523 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4524 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4525 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4526 break; 4527 } 4528 4529 default: 4530 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4531 break; 4532 } 4533 4534 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4535 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4536 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4537 4538 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4539 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4540 // pointer. 4541 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4542 continue; 4543 4544 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4545 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4546 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4547 return true; 4548 } 4549 4550 return false; 4551 } 4552 4553 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4554 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4555 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4556 4557 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4558 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4559 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4560 4561 return Dcl; 4562 } 4563 4564 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4565 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4566 /// name different from T: 4567 /// - every static data member of class T; 4568 /// - every member function of class T 4569 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4570 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4571 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4572 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4573 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4574 4575 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4576 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4577 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4578 return true; 4579 } 4580 4581 return false; 4582 } 4583 4584 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4585 /// nested-name-specifier. 4586 /// 4587 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4588 /// 4589 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4590 /// resolves. 4591 /// 4592 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4593 /// 4594 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4595 /// 4596 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4597 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4598 DeclarationName Name, 4599 SourceLocation Loc) { 4600 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4601 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4602 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4603 4604 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4605 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4606 // 4607 // class X { 4608 // void X::f(); 4609 // }; 4610 // 4611 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4612 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4613 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4614 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4615 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4616 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4617 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4618 SS.clear(); 4619 } else { 4620 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4621 } 4622 return false; 4623 } 4624 4625 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4626 // declaration. 4627 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4628 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4629 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4630 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4631 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4632 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4633 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4634 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4635 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4636 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4637 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4638 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4639 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4640 else 4641 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4642 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4643 4644 return true; 4645 } 4646 4647 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4648 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4649 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4650 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4651 SS.clear(); 4652 4653 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4654 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4655 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4656 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4657 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4658 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4659 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4660 return true; 4661 4662 return false; 4663 } 4664 4665 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4666 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4667 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4668 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4669 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4670 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4671 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4672 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4673 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4674 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4675 4676 return false; 4677 } 4678 4679 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4680 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4681 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4682 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4683 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4684 4685 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4686 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4687 if (!Name) { 4688 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4689 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4690 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4691 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4692 return nullptr; 4693 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4694 return nullptr; 4695 4696 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4697 // we find one that is. 4698 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4699 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4700 S = S->getParent(); 4701 4702 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4703 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4704 D.setInvalidType(); 4705 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4706 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4707 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4708 return nullptr; 4709 4710 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4711 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4712 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4713 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4714 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4715 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4716 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4717 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4718 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4719 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4720 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4721 return nullptr; 4722 } 4723 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4724 4725 if (!IsDependentContext && 4726 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4727 return nullptr; 4728 4729 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 4730 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4731 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4732 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4733 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4734 return nullptr; 4735 } 4736 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4737 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4738 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4739 if (DC->isRecord()) 4740 return nullptr; 4741 4742 D.setInvalidType(); 4743 } 4744 } 4745 4746 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4747 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4748 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4749 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4750 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4751 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4752 D.setInvalidType(); 4753 } 4754 } 4755 4756 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4757 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4758 4759 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4760 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4761 // Just return early; it's safer. If this is a function, let the 4762 // "constructor cannot have a return type" diagnostic handle it. 4763 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4764 return nullptr; 4765 4766 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4767 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4768 D.setInvalidType(); 4769 4770 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4771 ForRedeclaration); 4772 4773 // If we're hiding internal-linkage symbols in modules from redeclaration 4774 // lookup, let name lookup know. 4775 if ((getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) && 4776 getLangOpts().ModulesHideInternalLinkage && 4777 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4778 Previous.setAllowHiddenInternal(false); 4779 4780 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4781 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4782 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4783 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4784 4785 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4786 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4787 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4788 // 4789 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4790 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4791 // the same name. 4792 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4793 /* Do nothing*/; 4794 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4795 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4796 R->isFunctionType())) { 4797 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4798 CreateBuiltins = 4799 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4800 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4801 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4802 CreateBuiltins = true; 4803 4804 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4805 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4806 4807 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4808 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4809 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4810 4811 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4812 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4813 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4814 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4815 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4816 // thereof; [...] 4817 // 4818 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4819 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4820 // we want to match. For example, given: 4821 // 4822 // class X { 4823 // void f(); 4824 // void f(float); 4825 // }; 4826 // 4827 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4828 // 4829 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4830 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4831 // matches. 4832 4833 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4834 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4835 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4836 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4837 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4838 } 4839 4840 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4841 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4842 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4843 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4844 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4845 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4846 4847 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4848 Previous.clear(); 4849 } 4850 4851 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4852 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4853 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4854 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4855 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4856 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4857 Previous.clear(); 4858 4859 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4860 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4861 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4862 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4863 4864 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) { 4865 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 4866 // applied only to the definition of a function template or variable 4867 // template, declared in namespace scope 4868 if (!TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4869 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 4870 diag::err_concept_decl_non_template); 4871 return nullptr; 4872 } 4873 4874 if (!DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) { 4875 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4876 diag::err_concept_decls_may_only_appear_in_namespace_scope); 4877 return nullptr; 4878 } 4879 } 4880 4881 NamedDecl *New; 4882 4883 bool AddToScope = true; 4884 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4885 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4887 return nullptr; 4888 } 4889 4890 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4891 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4892 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4893 TemplateParamLists, 4894 AddToScope); 4895 } else { 4896 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4897 AddToScope); 4898 } 4899 4900 if (!New) 4901 return nullptr; 4902 4903 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4904 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4905 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4906 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4907 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4908 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4909 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4910 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4911 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4912 if (!AddToContext) 4913 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4914 } 4915 4916 return New; 4917 } 4918 4919 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4920 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4921 /// GCC compatibility). 4922 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4923 ASTContext &Context, 4924 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4925 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4926 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4927 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4928 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4929 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4930 SizeIsNegative = false; 4931 Oversized = 0; 4932 4933 if (T->isDependentType()) 4934 return QualType(); 4935 4936 QualifierCollector Qs; 4937 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4938 4939 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4940 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4941 QualType FixedType = 4942 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4943 Oversized); 4944 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4945 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4946 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4947 } 4948 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4949 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4950 QualType FixedType = 4951 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4952 Oversized); 4953 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4954 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4955 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4956 } 4957 4958 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4959 if (!VLATy) 4960 return QualType(); 4961 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4962 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4963 return QualType(); 4964 4965 llvm::APSInt Res; 4966 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4967 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4968 return QualType(); 4969 4970 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4971 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4972 SizeIsNegative = true; 4973 return QualType(); 4974 } 4975 4976 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4977 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4978 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4979 Res); 4980 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4981 Oversized = Res; 4982 return QualType(); 4983 } 4984 4985 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4986 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4987 } 4988 4989 static void 4990 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4991 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4992 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 4993 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4994 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4995 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4996 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4997 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4998 return; 4999 } 5000 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5001 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5002 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5003 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5004 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5005 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5006 return; 5007 } 5008 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5009 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5010 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5011 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5012 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5013 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5014 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5015 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5016 } 5017 5018 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5019 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5020 /// GCC compatibility). 5021 static TypeSourceInfo* 5022 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5023 ASTContext &Context, 5024 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5025 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5026 QualType FixedTy 5027 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5028 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5029 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5030 return nullptr; 5031 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5032 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5033 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5034 return FixedTInfo; 5035 } 5036 5037 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5038 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5039 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5040 /// function-scope declarations. 5041 void 5042 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5043 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5044 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5045 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5046 return; 5047 5048 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5049 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5050 } 5051 5052 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5053 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5054 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5055 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5056 } 5057 5058 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5059 /// does not identify a function. 5060 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5061 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5062 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 5063 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 5064 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 5065 diag::err_inline_non_function); 5066 5067 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5068 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5069 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5070 5071 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 5072 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5073 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5074 5075 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5076 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5077 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5078 } 5079 5080 NamedDecl* 5081 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5082 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5083 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5084 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5085 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5086 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5087 D.setInvalidType(); 5088 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5089 DC = CurContext; 5090 Previous.clear(); 5091 } 5092 5093 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5094 5095 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5096 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5097 << 1; 5098 5099 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 5100 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5101 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5102 return nullptr; 5103 } 5104 5105 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5106 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5107 5108 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5109 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5110 5111 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5112 5113 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5114 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5115 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5116 return ND; 5117 } 5118 5119 void 5120 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5121 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5122 // then it shall have block scope. 5123 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5124 // that redeclarations will match. 5125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5126 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5127 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5128 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5129 5130 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5131 bool SizeIsNegative; 5132 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5133 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5134 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5135 SizeIsNegative, 5136 Oversized); 5137 if (FixedTInfo) { 5138 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5139 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5140 } else { 5141 if (SizeIsNegative) 5142 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5143 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5144 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5145 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5146 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5147 << Oversized.toString(10); 5148 else 5149 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5150 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5151 } 5152 } 5153 } 5154 } 5155 5156 5157 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5158 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5159 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5160 NamedDecl* 5161 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5162 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 5163 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 5164 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 5165 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 5166 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 5167 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 5168 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5169 Redeclaration = true; 5170 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 5171 } 5172 5173 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5174 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 5175 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 5176 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5177 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 5178 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 5179 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 5180 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5181 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 5182 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 5183 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 5184 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 5185 } 5186 5187 return NewTD; 5188 } 5189 5190 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 5191 /// previous declaration. 5192 /// 5193 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 5194 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 5195 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 5196 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 5197 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 5198 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 5199 /// 5200 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 5201 /// lookup 5202 /// 5203 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 5204 /// declared. 5205 /// 5206 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 5207 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 5208 static bool 5209 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 5210 ASTContext &Context) { 5211 if (!PrevDecl) 5212 return false; 5213 5214 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 5215 return false; 5216 5217 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5218 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 5219 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 5220 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 5221 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 5222 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 5223 // linkage of the previous declaration. 5224 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 5225 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5226 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 5227 return false; 5228 5229 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 5230 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 5231 // We found a member function: ignore it. 5232 return false; 5233 5234 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 5235 // previous declarations. 5236 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5237 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5238 5239 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 5240 // isn't the same function. 5241 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 5242 return false; 5243 } 5244 5245 return true; 5246 } 5247 5248 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 5249 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 5250 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 5251 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 5252 } 5253 5254 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 5255 QualType type = decl->getType(); 5256 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 5257 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 5258 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 5259 unsigned kind = -1U; 5260 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5261 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 5262 kind = 0; // __block 5263 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 5264 kind = 1; // global 5265 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 5266 kind = 3; // ivar 5267 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 5268 kind = 2; // field 5269 } 5270 5271 if (kind != -1U) { 5272 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 5273 << kind; 5274 } 5275 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 5276 // Try to infer lifetime. 5277 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 5278 return false; 5279 5280 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 5281 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 5282 decl->setType(type); 5283 } 5284 5285 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 5286 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 5287 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 5288 var->getTLSKind()) { 5289 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 5290 << var->getType(); 5291 return true; 5292 } 5293 } 5294 5295 return false; 5296 } 5297 5298 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 5299 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 5300 // the wrong linkage. 5301 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 5302 5303 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 5304 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 5305 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5306 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 5307 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 5308 } 5309 } 5310 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 5311 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5312 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 5313 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 5314 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5315 } 5316 } 5317 5318 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 5319 if (VD->hasInit()) { 5320 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 5321 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 5322 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 5323 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD; 5324 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 5325 } 5326 } 5327 } 5328 5329 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 5330 // It does not apply to functions. 5331 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 5332 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5333 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 5334 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 5335 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 5336 } 5337 } 5338 5339 // dll attributes require external linkage. 5340 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 5341 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5342 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5343 << &ND << Attr; 5344 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5345 } 5346 } 5347 } 5348 5349 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5350 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5351 bool IsSpecialization) { 5352 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5353 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5354 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5355 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5356 5357 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5358 return; 5359 5360 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5361 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5362 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5363 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5364 5365 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5366 // inherited attribute instances. 5367 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5368 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5369 5370 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5371 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5372 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5373 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5374 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5375 5376 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5377 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 5378 bool JustWarn = false; 5379 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 5380 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 5381 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 5382 JustWarn = true; 5383 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 5384 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 5385 JustWarn = true; 5386 } 5387 5388 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 5389 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 5390 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 5391 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 5392 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 5393 JustWarn = false; 5394 5395 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 5396 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 5397 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 5398 << NewDecl 5399 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5400 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5401 if (!JustWarn) { 5402 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5403 return; 5404 } 5405 } 5406 5407 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5408 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5409 // and qualified friend declarations. 5410 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5411 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5412 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5413 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5414 // separately. 5415 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5416 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5417 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5418 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5419 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5420 } 5421 5422 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5423 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5424 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5425 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5426 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5427 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5428 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5429 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5430 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5431 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && 5432 !S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 5433 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport attribute. 5434 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5435 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5436 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5437 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 5438 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5439 } 5440 } 5441 5442 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5443 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5444 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5445 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5446 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5447 5448 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5449 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5450 5451 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5452 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5453 return false; 5454 5455 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5456 5457 #ifndef NDEBUG 5458 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5459 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5460 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5461 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5462 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5463 #endif 5464 5465 bool isC99Inline = 5466 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5467 5468 #ifndef NDEBUG 5469 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5470 #endif 5471 5472 return isC99Inline; 5473 } 5474 5475 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5476 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5477 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5478 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5479 /// 5480 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5481 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5482 /// 5483 /// For instance: 5484 /// 5485 /// auto x = []{}; 5486 /// 5487 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5488 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5489 /// 5490 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5491 template<typename T> 5492 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5493 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5494 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5495 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5496 return false; 5497 } 5498 return D->isExternC(); 5499 } 5500 5501 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5502 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5503 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5504 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5505 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5506 return true; 5507 if (DC->isRecord()) 5508 return false; 5509 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5510 } 5511 5512 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5513 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5514 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5515 return true; 5516 if (DC->isRecord()) 5517 return false; 5518 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5519 } 5520 5521 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5522 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5523 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5524 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5525 return true; 5526 return false; 5527 } 5528 5529 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5530 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5531 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5532 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5533 return true; 5534 5535 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5536 // position to the decl itself. 5537 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5538 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5539 return true; 5540 } 5541 5542 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5543 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5544 } 5545 5546 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5547 /// function-local external declaration. 5548 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5549 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5550 return false; 5551 5552 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5553 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5554 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5555 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5556 return true; 5557 5558 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5559 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5560 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5561 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5562 // 5563 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5564 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5565 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5566 DC = DC->getParent(); 5567 return true; 5568 } 5569 5570 /// \brief Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 5571 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 5572 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 5573 return FD->isExternC(); 5574 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 5575 return VD->isExternC(); 5576 5577 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 5578 } 5579 5580 NamedDecl * 5581 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5582 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5583 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5584 bool &AddToScope) { 5585 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5586 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5587 5588 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5589 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5590 5591 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5592 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5593 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5594 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5595 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5596 SC = SC_Extern; 5597 5598 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5599 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5600 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5601 5602 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5603 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5604 QualType NR = R; 5605 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5606 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5607 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5608 D.setInvalidType(); 5609 break; 5610 } 5611 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5612 } 5613 5614 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5615 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5616 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5617 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5618 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5619 D.setInvalidType(); 5620 } 5621 } 5622 } 5623 5624 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5625 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5626 // an error here 5627 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5628 D.setInvalidType(); 5629 SC = SC_None; 5630 } 5631 5632 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5633 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5634 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5635 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5636 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5637 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5638 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5639 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5640 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5641 } 5642 5643 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5644 if (!II) { 5645 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5646 << Name; 5647 return nullptr; 5648 } 5649 5650 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5651 5652 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5653 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5654 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5655 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5656 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5657 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5658 D.setInvalidType(); 5659 } 5660 } 5661 5662 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5663 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5664 // OpenCL __local address space. 5665 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5666 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5667 } 5668 5669 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5670 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5671 // space qualifiers. 5672 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5673 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5674 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5675 } 5676 5677 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5678 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5679 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5680 // address space qualifiers. 5681 if (R->isEventT()) { 5682 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5683 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5684 D.setInvalidType(); 5685 } 5686 5687 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5688 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5689 D.setInvalidType(); 5690 } 5691 } 5692 } 5693 5694 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5695 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5696 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5697 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5698 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5699 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5700 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5701 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5702 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5703 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5704 R, TInfo, SC); 5705 5706 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5707 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5708 } else { 5709 bool Invalid = false; 5710 5711 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5712 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5713 switch (SC) { 5714 case SC_None: 5715 break; 5716 case SC_Static: 5717 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5718 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5719 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5720 break; 5721 case SC_Auto: 5722 case SC_Register: 5723 case SC_Extern: 5724 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5725 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5726 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5727 // of class members 5728 5729 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5730 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5731 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5732 break; 5733 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5734 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5735 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5736 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5741 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5742 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5743 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5744 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5745 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5746 5747 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5748 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5749 if (RD->isUnion()) 5750 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5751 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5752 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5753 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5754 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5755 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5757 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5758 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5759 } 5760 } 5761 5762 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5763 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5764 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5765 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5766 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5767 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5768 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5769 : nullptr, 5770 TemplateParamLists, 5771 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5772 5773 if (TemplateParams) { 5774 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5775 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5776 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5777 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5778 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5779 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5780 << II 5781 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5782 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5783 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5784 } else { 5785 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5786 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5787 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5788 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5789 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5790 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5791 // This is a template declaration. 5792 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5793 5794 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5795 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5796 return nullptr; 5797 5798 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5799 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5800 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 5801 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5802 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5803 } 5804 } 5805 } else { 5806 assert( 5807 (Invalid || D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) && 5808 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5809 } 5810 5811 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5812 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5813 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5814 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5815 : SourceLocation(); 5816 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5817 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5818 IsPartialSpecialization); 5819 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5820 return nullptr; 5821 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5822 AddToScope = false; 5823 } else 5824 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5825 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5826 5827 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5828 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5829 NewTemplate = 5830 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5831 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5832 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5833 } 5834 5835 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5836 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5837 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5838 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5839 5840 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5841 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5842 if (NewTemplate) 5843 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5844 } 5845 5846 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5847 5848 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5849 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5850 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5851 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5852 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5853 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5854 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5855 5856 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5857 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5858 5859 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified()) 5860 NewVD->setConcept(true); 5861 } 5862 5863 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5864 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5865 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5866 if (NewTemplate) 5867 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5868 5869 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5870 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5871 5872 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 5873 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5874 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5875 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5876 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5877 // explicitly. 5878 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5879 // 'extern'. 5880 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 5881 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 5882 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 5883 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 5884 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5885 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5886 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5887 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 5888 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5889 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 5890 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 5891 // error should be ignored. 5892 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 5893 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 5894 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 5895 // to emit any code for it. 5896 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5897 } else 5898 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5899 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5900 } else 5901 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5902 } 5903 5904 // C99 6.7.4p3 5905 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5906 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5907 // thread storage duration... 5908 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5909 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5910 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5911 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5912 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5913 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5914 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5915 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5916 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5917 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5918 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5919 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5920 } 5921 } 5922 5923 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5924 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5925 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5926 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5927 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5928 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5929 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5930 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5931 << 2 5932 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5933 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5934 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5935 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5936 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5937 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5938 else { 5939 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5940 if (NewTemplate) 5941 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5942 } 5943 } 5944 5945 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5946 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5947 5948 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5949 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) 5950 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5951 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5952 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5953 // storage [duration]." 5954 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5955 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5956 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5957 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5958 } 5959 } 5960 5961 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5962 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5963 // check the VarDecl itself. 5964 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5965 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5966 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5967 5968 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5969 // retainable type. 5970 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5971 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5972 5973 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5974 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5975 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5976 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5977 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5978 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5979 switch (SC) { 5980 case SC_None: 5981 case SC_Auto: 5982 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5983 break; 5984 case SC_Register: 5985 // Local Named register 5986 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5987 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5988 break; 5989 case SC_Static: 5990 case SC_Extern: 5991 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5992 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5993 break; 5994 } 5995 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5996 // Global Named register 5997 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5998 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5999 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 6000 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 6001 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 6002 } 6003 } 6004 6005 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 6006 Context, Label, 0)); 6007 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 6008 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 6009 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 6010 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 6011 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 6012 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 6013 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 6014 } else 6015 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 6016 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 6017 } 6018 } 6019 6020 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 6021 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 6022 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 6023 6024 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 6025 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 6026 // declaration has linkage). 6027 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 6028 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 6029 IsExplicitSpecialization || 6030 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 6031 6032 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 6033 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 6034 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 6035 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 6036 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 6037 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 6038 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 6039 6040 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6041 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6042 } else { 6043 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 6044 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6045 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 6046 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6047 6048 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 6049 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6050 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6051 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 6052 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6053 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 6054 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 6055 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 6056 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6057 Previous.clear(); 6058 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6059 } 6060 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 6061 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 6062 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 6063 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 6064 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 6065 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6066 } 6067 6068 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6069 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 6070 6071 if (NewTemplate) { 6072 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 6073 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 6074 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 6075 : nullptr; 6076 6077 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 6078 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 6079 // template declaration. 6080 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 6081 TemplateParams, 6082 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 6083 : nullptr, 6084 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 6085 DC->isDependentContext()) 6086 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 6087 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 6088 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6089 6090 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 6091 // template, make a note of that. 6092 if (PrevVarTemplate && 6093 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 6094 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 6095 } 6096 } 6097 6098 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 6099 6100 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 6101 // the map of such variables. 6102 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 6103 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 6104 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 6105 6106 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6107 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 6108 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = getCurrentMangleNumberContext( 6109 NewVD->getDeclContext(), ManglingContextDecl)) { 6110 Context.setManglingNumber( 6111 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 6112 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 6113 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 6114 } 6115 } 6116 6117 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 6118 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 6119 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 6120 IsExplicitSpecialization); 6121 } 6122 6123 if (NewTemplate) { 6124 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6125 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6126 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 6127 return NewTemplate; 6128 } 6129 6130 return NewVD; 6131 } 6132 6133 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 6134 /// -Wshadow. 6135 /// 6136 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 6137 /// scope. 6138 /// 6139 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 6140 /// \param R the lookup of the name 6141 /// 6142 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 6143 // Return if warning is ignored. 6144 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 6145 return; 6146 6147 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 6148 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 6149 return; 6150 6151 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 6152 6153 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 6154 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 6155 return; 6156 6157 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 6158 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6159 return; 6160 6161 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 6162 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6163 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 6164 if (MD->isStatic()) 6165 return; 6166 6167 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6168 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 6169 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 6170 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 6171 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 6172 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 6173 ShadowedDecl = I; 6174 break; 6175 } 6176 } 6177 6178 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 6179 6180 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 6181 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 6182 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 6183 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 6184 return; 6185 6186 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 6187 // static data members from base classes? 6188 6189 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 6190 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 6191 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 6192 } 6193 6194 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 6195 unsigned Kind; 6196 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 6197 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 6198 Kind = 3; // field 6199 else 6200 Kind = 2; // static data member 6201 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 6202 Kind = 1; // global 6203 else 6204 Kind = 0; // local 6205 6206 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 6207 6208 // Emit warning and note. 6209 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 6210 return; 6211 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 6212 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6213 } 6214 6215 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 6216 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 6217 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 6218 return; 6219 6220 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 6221 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6222 LookupName(R, S); 6223 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 6224 } 6225 6226 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 6227 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 6228 template<typename T> 6229 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 6230 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 6231 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 6232 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 6233 6234 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6235 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 6236 // declaration. 6237 return false; 6238 } 6239 6240 if (Prev) { 6241 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 6242 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 6243 // redeclaration. 6244 Previous.clear(); 6245 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6246 return true; 6247 } 6248 6249 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 6250 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 6251 // declaration. 6252 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 6253 return false; 6254 } else { 6255 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 6256 // translation unit which might conflict. 6257 if (IsGlobal) { 6258 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 6259 IsGlobal = false; 6260 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6261 I != E; ++I) { 6262 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6263 Prev = *I; 6264 break; 6265 } 6266 } 6267 } else { 6268 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 6269 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 6270 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 6271 I != E; ++I) { 6272 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 6273 Prev = *I; 6274 break; 6275 } 6276 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 6277 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 6278 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 6279 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 6280 // diagnostic. 6281 } 6282 } 6283 6284 if (!Prev) 6285 return false; 6286 } 6287 6288 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 6289 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 6290 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 6291 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 6292 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 6293 else 6294 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 6295 6296 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 6297 << IsGlobal << ND; 6298 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 6299 << IsGlobal; 6300 return false; 6301 } 6302 6303 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 6304 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 6305 /// 6306 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 6307 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 6308 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 6309 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 6310 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 6311 template<typename T> 6312 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 6313 LookupResult &Previous) { 6314 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6315 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 6316 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 6317 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 6318 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6319 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 6320 Previous.clear(); 6321 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 6322 return true; 6323 } 6324 } 6325 return false; 6326 } 6327 6328 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 6329 // declaration. 6330 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 6331 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 6332 6333 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 6334 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 6335 // in another scope. 6336 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 6337 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 6338 6339 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 6340 return false; 6341 } 6342 6343 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 6344 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6345 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6346 return; 6347 6348 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 6349 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6350 6351 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 6352 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 6353 return; 6354 6355 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 6356 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 6357 6358 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 6359 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 6360 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 6361 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 6362 NewVD->setType(T); 6363 } 6364 6365 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 6366 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 6367 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 6368 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 6369 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 6370 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 6371 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6372 return; 6373 } 6374 6375 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 6376 // __constant address space. 6377 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 6378 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 6379 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 6380 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 6381 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6382 return; 6383 } 6384 6385 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 6386 // scope. 6387 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 6388 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 6389 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 6390 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6391 return; 6392 } 6393 6394 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6395 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6396 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6397 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6398 else { 6399 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6400 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6401 } 6402 } 6403 6404 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6405 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6406 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6407 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6408 6409 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6410 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6411 bool SizeIsNegative; 6412 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6413 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6414 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6415 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6416 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6417 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6418 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6419 // int a[10][n]; 6420 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6421 6422 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6423 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6424 << SizeRange; 6425 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6426 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6427 << SizeRange; 6428 else 6429 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6430 << SizeRange; 6431 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6432 return; 6433 } 6434 6435 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6436 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6437 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6438 else 6439 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6440 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6441 return; 6442 } 6443 6444 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6445 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6446 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6447 } 6448 6449 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6450 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6451 // of objects and functions. 6452 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6453 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6454 << T; 6455 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6456 return; 6457 } 6458 } 6459 6460 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6461 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6462 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6463 return; 6464 } 6465 6466 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6467 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6468 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6469 return; 6470 } 6471 6472 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6473 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6474 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6475 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6476 return; 6477 } 6478 } 6479 6480 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6481 /// declaration. 6482 /// 6483 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6484 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6485 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6486 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6487 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6488 /// 6489 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6490 /// 6491 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6492 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6493 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6494 6495 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6496 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6497 return false; 6498 6499 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6500 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6501 if (Previous.empty() && 6502 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6503 Previous.setShadowed(); 6504 6505 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6506 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6507 return true; 6508 } 6509 return false; 6510 } 6511 6512 namespace { 6513 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 6514 Sema *S; 6515 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6516 6517 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6518 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6519 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6520 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 6521 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 6522 Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6523 6524 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 6525 6526 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6527 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6528 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6529 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6530 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6531 6532 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6533 } 6534 6535 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 6536 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6537 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6538 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6539 if (MD->isVirtual() && !S->IsOverload(Method, MD, false)) 6540 return true; 6541 } 6542 } 6543 6544 return false; 6545 } 6546 }; 6547 6548 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6549 } // end anonymous namespace 6550 6551 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6552 /// overriden methods. 6553 /// 6554 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6555 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6556 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6557 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6558 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6559 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6560 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6561 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6562 I != E; ++I) { 6563 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6564 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6565 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6566 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6567 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6568 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6569 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6570 } 6571 } 6572 6573 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6574 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6575 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6576 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 6577 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6578 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 6579 FOM.Method = MD; 6580 FOM.S = this; 6581 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6582 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6583 bool AddedAny = false; 6584 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 6585 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6586 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6587 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6588 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6589 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6590 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6591 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6592 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6593 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6594 AddedAny = true; 6595 } 6596 } 6597 } 6598 } 6599 6600 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6601 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6602 } 6603 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6604 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6605 } 6606 6607 return AddedAny; 6608 } 6609 6610 namespace { 6611 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6612 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6613 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6614 Scope *S; 6615 Declarator &D; 6616 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6617 bool AddToScope; 6618 }; 6619 } 6620 6621 namespace { 6622 6623 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6624 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6625 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6626 public: 6627 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6628 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6629 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6630 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6631 6632 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6633 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6634 return false; 6635 6636 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6637 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6638 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6639 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6640 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6641 6642 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6643 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6644 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6645 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6646 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6647 return true; 6648 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6649 return true; 6650 } 6651 } 6652 } 6653 6654 return false; 6655 } 6656 6657 private: 6658 ASTContext &Context; 6659 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6660 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6661 }; 6662 6663 } 6664 6665 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6666 /// 6667 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6668 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6669 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6670 /// the same name. 6671 /// 6672 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6673 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6674 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6675 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6676 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6677 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6678 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6679 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6680 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6681 TypoCorrection Correction; 6682 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6683 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6684 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6685 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6686 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6687 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6688 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6689 6690 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6691 if (IsLocalFriend) 6692 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6693 else 6694 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6695 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6696 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6697 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6698 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6699 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6700 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6701 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6702 if (FD && 6703 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6704 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6705 // involve a parameter 6706 unsigned ParamNum = 6707 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6708 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6709 } 6710 } 6711 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6712 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6713 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6714 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6715 llvm::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>( 6716 SemaRef.Context, NewFD, MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr), 6717 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6718 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6719 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6720 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6721 Previous.clear(); 6722 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6723 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6724 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6725 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6726 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6727 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6728 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6729 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6730 } 6731 } 6732 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6733 6734 NamedDecl *Result; 6735 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6736 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6737 { 6738 // Trap errors. 6739 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6740 6741 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6742 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6743 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6744 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6745 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6746 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6747 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6748 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6749 6750 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6751 Result = nullptr; 6752 } 6753 6754 if (Result) { 6755 // Determine which correction we picked. 6756 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6757 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6758 I != E; ++I) 6759 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6760 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6761 6762 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6763 Correction, 6764 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6765 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6766 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6767 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6768 return Result; 6769 } 6770 6771 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6772 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6773 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6774 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6775 Previous.clear(); 6776 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6777 } 6778 6779 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6780 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6781 6782 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6783 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6784 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6785 6786 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6787 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6788 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6789 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6790 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6791 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6792 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6793 6794 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6795 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6796 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6797 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6798 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6799 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6800 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6801 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6802 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6803 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6804 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6805 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6806 } else 6807 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6808 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6809 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6810 } 6811 return nullptr; 6812 } 6813 6814 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 6815 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6816 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6817 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6818 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6819 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6820 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6821 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6822 D.setInvalidType(); 6823 break; 6824 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6825 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6826 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6827 return SC_None; 6828 return SC_Extern; 6829 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6830 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6831 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6832 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6833 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6834 // other than extern 6835 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6836 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6837 diag::err_static_block_func); 6838 break; 6839 } else 6840 return SC_Static; 6841 } 6842 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6843 } 6844 6845 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6846 return SC_None; 6847 } 6848 6849 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6850 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6851 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6852 StorageClass SC, 6853 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6854 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6855 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6856 6857 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6858 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6859 6860 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6861 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6862 // prototype. This true when: 6863 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6864 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6865 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6866 bool HasPrototype = 6867 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6868 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6869 6870 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6871 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6872 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6873 HasPrototype, false); 6874 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6875 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6876 6877 return NewFD; 6878 } 6879 6880 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6881 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6882 6883 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6884 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6885 // the class has been completely parsed. 6886 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6887 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6888 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6889 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6890 D.setInvalidType(); 6891 6892 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6893 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6894 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6895 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6896 6897 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6898 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6899 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6900 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6901 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6902 isConstexpr); 6903 6904 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6905 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6906 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6907 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6908 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6909 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6910 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6911 D.getLocStart(), 6912 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6913 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6914 6915 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6916 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6917 // it yet. 6918 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6919 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6920 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6921 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6922 } 6923 6924 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6925 return NewDD; 6926 6927 } else { 6928 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6929 D.setInvalidType(); 6930 6931 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6932 // code path. 6933 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6934 D.getLocStart(), 6935 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6936 SC, isInline, 6937 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6938 } 6939 6940 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6941 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6942 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6943 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6944 return nullptr; 6945 } 6946 6947 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6948 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6949 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6950 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6951 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6952 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6953 6954 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6955 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6956 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6957 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6958 // constructor if it has no return type). 6959 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6960 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6961 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6962 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6963 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6964 return nullptr; 6965 } 6966 6967 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6968 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6969 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6970 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6971 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6972 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6973 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6974 return Ret; 6975 } else { 6976 bool isFriend = 6977 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6978 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 6979 return nullptr; 6980 6981 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6982 // prototype. This true when: 6983 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6984 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6985 D.getLocStart(), 6986 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6987 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6988 } 6989 } 6990 6991 enum OpenCLParamType { 6992 ValidKernelParam, 6993 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6994 PtrKernelParam, 6995 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6996 InvalidKernelParam, 6997 RecordKernelParam 6998 }; 6999 7000 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 7001 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 7002 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 7003 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 7004 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 7005 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 7006 : PtrKernelParam; 7007 } 7008 7009 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 7010 // be used as builtin types. 7011 7012 if (PT->isImageType()) 7013 return PtrKernelParam; 7014 7015 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 7016 return InvalidKernelParam; 7017 7018 if (PT->isEventT()) 7019 return InvalidKernelParam; 7020 7021 if (PT->isHalfType()) 7022 return InvalidKernelParam; 7023 7024 if (PT->isRecordType()) 7025 return RecordKernelParam; 7026 7027 return ValidKernelParam; 7028 } 7029 7030 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 7031 Sema &S, 7032 Declarator &D, 7033 ParmVarDecl *Param, 7034 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 7035 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 7036 7037 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 7038 // used again 7039 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 7040 return; 7041 7042 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 7043 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 7044 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7045 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7046 // pointer to a pointer type. 7047 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 7048 D.setInvalidType(); 7049 return; 7050 7051 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 7052 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 7053 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 7054 // pointer to the private address space. 7055 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 7056 D.setInvalidType(); 7057 return; 7058 7059 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 7060 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 7061 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 7062 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 7063 // one of these built-in scalar types. 7064 7065 case InvalidKernelParam: 7066 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 7067 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 7068 // of event_t type. 7069 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7070 D.setInvalidType(); 7071 return; 7072 7073 case PtrKernelParam: 7074 case ValidKernelParam: 7075 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 7076 return; 7077 7078 case RecordKernelParam: 7079 break; 7080 } 7081 7082 // Track nested structs we will inspect 7083 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 7084 7085 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 7086 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 7087 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 7088 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 7089 7090 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7091 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 7092 7093 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 7094 7095 do { 7096 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 7097 if (!Next) { 7098 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 7099 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 7100 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 7101 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 7102 7103 continue; 7104 } 7105 7106 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 7107 // field itself) to the history stack. 7108 const RecordDecl *RD; 7109 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 7110 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 7111 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7112 } else { 7113 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 7114 } 7115 7116 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 7117 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 7118 7119 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 7120 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 7121 7122 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 7123 continue; 7124 7125 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 7126 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 7127 continue; 7128 7129 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 7130 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 7131 continue; 7132 } 7133 7134 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 7135 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 7136 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 7137 // union. 7138 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 7139 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 7140 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 7141 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 7142 << PT->isUnionType() 7143 << PT; 7144 } else { 7145 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 7146 } 7147 7148 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7149 << PD->getDeclName(); 7150 7151 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 7152 // the offending field came from 7153 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 7154 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 7155 E = HistoryStack.end(); 7156 I != E; ++I) { 7157 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 7158 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 7159 << OuterField->getType(); 7160 } 7161 7162 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 7163 << QT->isPointerType() 7164 << QT; 7165 D.setInvalidType(); 7166 return; 7167 } 7168 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 7169 } 7170 7171 NamedDecl* 7172 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 7173 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 7174 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 7175 bool &AddToScope) { 7176 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 7177 7178 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 7179 7180 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 7181 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 7182 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 7183 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 7184 7185 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 7186 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7187 diag::err_invalid_thread) 7188 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 7189 7190 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 7191 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 7192 7193 bool isFriend = false; 7194 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 7195 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7196 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7197 7198 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 7199 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7200 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 7201 7202 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 7203 7204 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 7205 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 7206 7207 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 7208 isVirtualOkay); 7209 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 7210 7211 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 7212 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 7213 7214 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 7215 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 7216 // context will be different from the semantic context. 7217 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7218 7219 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 7220 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 7221 7222 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7223 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 7224 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 7225 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 7226 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 7227 bool isConcept = D.getDeclSpec().isConceptSpecified(); 7228 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 7229 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7230 // C++ [class.friend]p5 7231 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 7232 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 7233 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7234 } 7235 7236 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 7237 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 7238 // return true). 7239 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 7240 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 7241 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 7242 NewFD->setPure(true); 7243 7244 // C++ [class.union]p2 7245 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 7246 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 7247 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 7248 } 7249 7250 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 7251 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 7252 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 7253 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7254 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7255 7256 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 7257 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 7258 bool Invalid = false; 7259 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 7260 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 7261 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 7262 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 7263 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 7264 ? D.getName().TemplateId 7265 : nullptr, 7266 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 7267 Invalid)) { 7268 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 7269 // This is a function template 7270 7271 // Check that we can declare a template here. 7272 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 7273 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7274 7275 // A destructor cannot be a template. 7276 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7277 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 7278 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7279 } 7280 7281 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 7282 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 7283 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 7284 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 7285 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 7286 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 7287 Invalid = true; 7288 } 7289 7290 7291 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 7292 NewFD->getLocation(), 7293 Name, TemplateParams, 7294 NewFD); 7295 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7296 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 7297 7298 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 7299 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 7300 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7301 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 7302 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7303 } 7304 } else { 7305 // This is a function template specialization. 7306 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7307 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7308 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7309 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7310 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7311 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7312 7313 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 7314 if (isFriend) { 7315 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 7316 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 7317 7318 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 7319 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 7320 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 7321 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 7322 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 7323 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 7324 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7325 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 7326 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 7327 } 7328 7329 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 7330 << Name << RemoveRange 7331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 7332 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 7333 } 7334 } 7335 } 7336 else { 7337 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 7338 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 7339 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 7340 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 7341 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7342 TemplateParamLists.size(), 7343 TemplateParamLists.data()); 7344 } 7345 7346 if (Invalid) { 7347 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7348 if (FunctionTemplate) 7349 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7350 } 7351 7352 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 7353 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 7354 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 7355 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 7356 // 7357 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7358 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 7359 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7360 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 7361 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7362 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 7363 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7364 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 7365 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7366 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 7367 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 7368 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 7369 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 7370 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 7371 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 7372 } else { 7373 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 7374 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 7375 } 7376 7377 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7378 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 7379 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 7380 } 7381 7382 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 7383 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 7384 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 7385 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 7386 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 7387 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 7388 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 7389 // thing to do. 7390 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 7391 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 7392 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7393 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7394 QualType Result = 7395 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7396 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7397 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7398 } 7399 7400 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7401 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7402 // declaration. 7403 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7404 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7405 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7406 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7407 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7408 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7409 } 7410 } 7411 7412 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7413 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7414 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7415 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7416 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7417 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7418 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7419 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7420 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7421 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7422 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7423 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7424 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7425 // or conversion function. 7426 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7427 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7428 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7429 } 7430 } 7431 7432 if (isConstexpr) { 7433 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7434 // are implicitly inline. 7435 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7436 7437 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7438 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7439 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7440 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7441 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7442 } 7443 7444 if (isConcept) { 7445 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: The concept specifier shall be 7446 // applied only to the definition of a function template [...] 7447 if (!D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7448 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConceptSpecLoc(), 7449 diag::err_function_concept_not_defined); 7450 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7451 } 7452 7453 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p2: Every concept definition is 7454 // implicity defined to be a constexpr declaration (implicitly inline) 7455 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7456 } 7457 7458 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7459 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7460 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7461 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7462 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7463 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7464 << 0 7465 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7466 } else { 7467 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7468 if (FunctionTemplate) 7469 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7470 } 7471 } 7472 7473 if (isFriend) { 7474 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7475 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7476 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7477 } 7478 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7479 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7480 } 7481 7482 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7483 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7484 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7485 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7486 case FDK_Declaration: 7487 case FDK_Definition: 7488 break; 7489 7490 case FDK_Defaulted: 7491 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7492 break; 7493 7494 case FDK_Deleted: 7495 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7496 break; 7497 } 7498 7499 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7500 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7501 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7502 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7503 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7504 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7505 } 7506 7507 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7508 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7509 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7510 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7511 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7512 // the class. 7513 7514 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7515 // member function definition. 7516 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7517 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7518 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7519 } 7520 7521 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7522 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7523 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7524 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7525 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7526 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7527 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7528 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7529 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7530 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7531 } 7532 7533 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7534 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7535 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7536 isExplicitSpecialization || 7537 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7538 7539 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7540 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7541 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7542 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7543 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7544 SE->getString(), 0)); 7545 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7546 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7547 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7548 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7549 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 7550 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7551 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7552 } else 7553 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7554 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 7555 } 7556 } 7557 7558 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7559 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7560 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7561 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7562 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7563 7564 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7565 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7566 // single void argument. 7567 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7568 // already checks for that case. 7569 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7570 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7571 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7572 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7573 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7574 Params.push_back(Param); 7575 7576 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7577 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7578 } 7579 } 7580 7581 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7582 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7583 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7584 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7585 // 7586 // @code 7587 // typedef void fn(int); 7588 // fn f; 7589 // @endcode 7590 7591 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7592 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7593 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7594 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7595 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7596 Params.push_back(Param); 7597 } 7598 } else { 7599 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7600 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7601 } 7602 7603 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7604 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7605 7606 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7607 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7608 // 7609 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7610 // 7611 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7612 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7613 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7614 7615 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7616 NewFD->addAttr( 7617 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7618 Context, 0)); 7619 7620 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7621 // because all functions have linkage. 7622 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7623 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7624 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7625 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7626 } 7627 7628 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 7629 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7630 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7631 NewFD->addAttr( 7632 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7633 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7634 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7635 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7636 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 7637 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 7638 NewFD)) 7639 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7640 } 7641 7642 // Handle attributes. 7643 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7644 7645 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7646 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7647 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7648 unsigned AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 7649 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7650 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7651 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7652 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7653 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7654 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7655 } 7656 } 7657 7658 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7659 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7660 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7661 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7662 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7663 7664 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7665 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7666 7667 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7668 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7669 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7670 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7671 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7672 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7673 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7674 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7675 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7676 7677 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 7678 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 7679 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 7680 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7681 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7682 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 7683 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 7684 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 7685 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 7686 int DiagID = 7687 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 7688 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 7689 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 7690 } 7691 } 7692 } else { 7693 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7694 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7695 // 7696 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7697 // 7698 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7699 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7700 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7701 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7702 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7703 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7704 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7705 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7706 7707 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7708 // argument list into our AST format. 7709 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7710 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7711 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7712 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7713 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7714 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7715 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7716 TemplateArgs); 7717 7718 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7719 7720 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7721 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7722 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7723 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7724 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7725 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7726 7727 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7728 } else { 7729 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7730 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7731 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7732 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7733 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7734 } 7735 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7736 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7737 // wrote something like: 7738 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7739 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7740 // friend void foo<>(int); 7741 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7742 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7743 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7744 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7745 } 7746 7747 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7748 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7749 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7750 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7751 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7752 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7753 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7754 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7755 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7756 InstantiationDependent))) { 7757 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7758 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7759 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7760 Previous)) 7761 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7762 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7763 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7764 && !isFriend) { 7765 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7766 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7767 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7768 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7769 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7770 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7771 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7772 : nullptr), 7773 Previous)) 7774 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7775 7776 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7777 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7778 // specialization (14.7.3) 7779 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7780 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7781 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7782 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7783 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7784 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7785 << SC 7786 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7787 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7788 7789 else 7790 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7791 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7792 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7793 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7794 } 7795 7796 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7797 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7798 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7799 } 7800 7801 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7802 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7803 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7804 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7805 7806 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7807 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7808 7809 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7810 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7811 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7812 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7813 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 7814 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7815 } 7816 7817 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7818 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7819 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7820 7821 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7822 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7823 : NewFD); 7824 7825 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7826 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7827 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7828 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7829 7830 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7831 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7832 } 7833 7834 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7835 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7836 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7837 7838 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7839 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7840 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7841 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7842 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7843 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7844 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7845 : nullptr, 7846 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7847 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7848 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7849 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7850 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7851 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7852 DC->isDependentContext()) 7853 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7854 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7855 } 7856 7857 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7858 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7859 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7860 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7861 AddToScope }; 7862 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7863 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7864 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7865 7866 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7867 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7868 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7869 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7870 7871 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7872 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7873 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7874 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7875 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7876 // can actually do this check immediately. 7877 if (isFriend && 7878 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7879 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7880 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7881 // ignore these 7882 } else { 7883 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7884 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7885 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7886 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7887 // 7888 // class X { 7889 // void f() const; 7890 // }; 7891 // 7892 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7893 // 7894 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7895 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7896 // whether the parameter types are references). 7897 7898 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7899 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7900 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7901 return Result; 7902 } 7903 } 7904 7905 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7906 // to something. 7907 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7908 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7909 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7910 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7911 return Result; 7912 } 7913 } 7914 7915 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7916 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7917 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7918 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7919 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7920 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7921 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7922 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7923 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7924 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7925 // generate them. 7926 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7927 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7928 } 7929 } 7930 7931 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7932 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7933 7934 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7935 7936 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7937 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7938 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7939 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7940 << NewFD; 7941 7942 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7943 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7944 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7945 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7946 EPI.Variadic = true; 7947 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7948 7949 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7950 NewFD->setType(R); 7951 } 7952 7953 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7954 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7955 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7956 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7957 7958 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7959 // marking the function. 7960 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7961 7962 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7963 // a pragma. 7964 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7965 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7966 7967 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7968 // the map of such variables. 7969 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7970 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7971 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7972 7973 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7974 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7975 7976 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7977 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7978 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7979 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7980 } 7981 7982 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7983 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7984 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7985 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7986 return FunctionTemplate; 7987 } 7988 } 7989 7990 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7991 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7992 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7993 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7994 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7995 D.setInvalidType(); 7996 } 7997 7998 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7999 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 8000 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8001 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 8002 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 8003 : FixItHint()); 8004 D.setInvalidType(); 8005 } 8006 8007 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 8008 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 8009 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 8010 } 8011 8012 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 8013 8014 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 8015 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 8016 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8017 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 8018 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 8019 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 8020 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 8021 8022 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 8023 } 8024 } 8025 8026 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 8027 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 8028 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 8029 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 8030 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 8031 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 8032 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 8033 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 8034 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 8035 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 8036 AddToScope = false; 8037 } 8038 8039 return NewFD; 8040 } 8041 8042 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 8043 /// 8044 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 8045 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 8046 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 8047 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 8048 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 8049 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 8050 /// via InstantiateDecl). 8051 /// 8052 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 8053 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 8054 /// 8055 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 8056 /// 8057 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 8058 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8059 LookupResult &Previous, 8060 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 8061 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 8062 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 8063 8064 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 8065 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 8066 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 8067 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 8068 !Previous.isShadowed(); 8069 8070 bool Redeclaration = false; 8071 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 8072 8073 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 8074 // the same name, if appropriate. 8075 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8076 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 8077 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 8078 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 8079 // function to the scope. 8080 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 8081 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8082 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 8083 Redeclaration = true; 8084 OldDecl = Candidate; 8085 } 8086 } else { 8087 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 8088 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 8089 case Ovl_Match: 8090 Redeclaration = true; 8091 break; 8092 8093 case Ovl_NonFunction: 8094 Redeclaration = true; 8095 break; 8096 8097 case Ovl_Overload: 8098 Redeclaration = false; 8099 break; 8100 } 8101 8102 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8103 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 8104 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 8105 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8106 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8107 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 8108 if (Redeclaration) 8109 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 8110 else if (!Previous.empty()) 8111 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 8112 if (OverloadedDecl) 8113 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 8114 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8115 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8116 } 8117 } 8118 } 8119 8120 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 8121 if (!Redeclaration && 8122 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 8123 if (!Previous.empty()) { 8124 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 8125 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 8126 Redeclaration = true; 8127 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 8128 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 8129 8130 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 8131 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8132 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 8133 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 8134 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 8135 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 8136 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 8137 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 8138 } 8139 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 8140 Redeclaration = false; 8141 OldDecl = nullptr; 8142 } 8143 } 8144 } 8145 } 8146 8147 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 8148 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 8149 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 8150 // 8151 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 8152 // definition of a static member function. 8153 // 8154 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 8155 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 8156 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8157 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 8158 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 8159 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 8160 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 8161 if (OldDecl) 8162 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 8163 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 8164 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8165 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8166 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 8167 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 8168 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 8169 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 8170 8171 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 8172 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 8173 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 8174 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 8175 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 8176 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 8177 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 8178 8179 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 8180 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 8181 } 8182 } 8183 } 8184 8185 if (Redeclaration) { 8186 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 8187 // merged. 8188 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 8189 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8190 return Redeclaration; 8191 } 8192 8193 Previous.clear(); 8194 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 8195 8196 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 8197 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 8198 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 8199 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 8200 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 8201 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 8202 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 8203 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 8204 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8205 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 8206 } 8207 8208 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 8209 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 8210 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 8211 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 8212 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 8213 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 8214 } 8215 8216 } else { 8217 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 8218 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 8219 8220 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8221 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 8222 } 8223 } 8224 8225 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 8226 8227 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8228 // C++-specific checks. 8229 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8230 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 8231 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 8232 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 8233 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 8234 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 8235 8236 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 8237 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 8238 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 8239 DeclarationName Name 8240 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 8241 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 8242 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 8243 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 8244 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8245 return Redeclaration; 8246 } 8247 } 8248 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 8249 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8250 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 8251 } 8252 8253 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 8254 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 8255 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 8256 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 8257 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 8258 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 8259 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 8260 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8261 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 8262 } 8263 } 8264 } 8265 8266 if (Method->isStatic()) 8267 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 8268 } 8269 8270 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 8271 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 8272 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8273 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8274 return Redeclaration; 8275 } 8276 8277 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 8278 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 8279 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 8280 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8281 return Redeclaration; 8282 } 8283 8284 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 8285 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 8286 // during delayed parsing anyway. 8287 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 8288 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 8289 8290 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 8291 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 8292 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 8293 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 8294 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 8295 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 8296 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 8297 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 8298 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 8299 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 8300 } 8301 } 8302 8303 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 8304 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 8305 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 8306 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 8307 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 8308 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 8309 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 8310 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 8311 << NewFD << R; 8312 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 8313 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 8314 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 8315 } 8316 } 8317 return Redeclaration; 8318 } 8319 8320 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 8321 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 8322 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 8323 // constexpr is ill-formed. 8324 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 8325 // appear in a declaration of main. 8326 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 8327 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 8328 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8329 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 8330 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 8331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 8332 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 8333 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 8334 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 8335 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 8336 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 8337 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 8338 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 8339 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 8340 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 8341 } 8342 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 8343 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 8344 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 8345 FD->setConstexpr(false); 8346 } 8347 8348 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 8349 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 8350 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 8351 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8352 return; 8353 } 8354 8355 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8356 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8357 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8358 8359 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8360 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 8361 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 8362 // implicit-return-zero rule. 8363 8364 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 8365 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8366 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8367 else { 8368 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 8369 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8370 if (RTRange.isValid()) 8371 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 8372 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 8373 } 8374 } else { 8375 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 8376 // set the flag which tells us that. 8377 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 8378 8379 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 8380 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 8381 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8382 else { 8383 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 8384 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 8385 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 8386 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 8387 : FixItHint()); 8388 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8389 } 8390 } 8391 8392 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8393 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8394 8395 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8396 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8397 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8398 8399 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8400 8401 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 8402 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 8403 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 8404 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 8405 } 8406 8407 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8408 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8409 // getting shifty. 8410 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8411 HasExtraParameters = false; 8412 8413 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8414 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8415 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8416 nparams = 3; 8417 } 8418 8419 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8420 // if we had some location information about types. 8421 8422 QualType CharPP = 8423 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8424 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8425 8426 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8427 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8428 8429 bool mismatch = true; 8430 8431 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8432 mismatch = false; 8433 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8434 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8435 // char const ** 8436 // char const * const * 8437 // char * const * 8438 8439 QualifierCollector qs; 8440 const PointerType* PT; 8441 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8442 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8443 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8444 Context.CharTy)) { 8445 qs.removeConst(); 8446 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8447 } 8448 } 8449 8450 if (mismatch) { 8451 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8452 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8453 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8454 } 8455 } 8456 8457 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8458 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8459 } 8460 8461 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8462 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8463 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8464 } 8465 } 8466 8467 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8468 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8469 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8470 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8471 8472 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8473 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8474 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8475 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8476 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8477 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8478 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8479 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8480 8481 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8482 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8483 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8484 } 8485 } 8486 8487 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8488 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8489 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8490 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8491 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8492 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8493 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8494 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8495 // rules there don't matter.) 8496 const Expr *Culprit; 8497 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8498 return false; 8499 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8500 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8501 return true; 8502 } 8503 8504 namespace { 8505 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8506 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8507 class SelfReferenceChecker 8508 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8509 Sema &S; 8510 Decl *OrigDecl; 8511 bool isRecordType; 8512 bool isPODType; 8513 bool isReferenceType; 8514 8515 bool isInitList; 8516 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 8517 public: 8518 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8519 8520 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8521 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8522 isPODType = false; 8523 isRecordType = false; 8524 isReferenceType = false; 8525 isInitList = false; 8526 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8527 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8528 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8529 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8530 } 8531 } 8532 8533 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 8534 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 8535 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 8536 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 8537 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 8538 if (!InitList) { 8539 Visit(E); 8540 return; 8541 } 8542 8543 // Track and increment the index here. 8544 isInitList = true; 8545 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 8546 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 8547 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 8548 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 8549 } 8550 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 8551 } 8552 8553 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no futher checking is needed. 8554 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 8555 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 8556 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 8557 Expr *Base = E; 8558 bool ReferenceField = false; 8559 8560 // Get the field memebers used. 8561 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8562 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 8563 if (!FD) 8564 return false; 8565 Fields.push_back(FD); 8566 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 8567 ReferenceField = true; 8568 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8569 } 8570 8571 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 8572 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 8573 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 8574 return false; 8575 8576 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 8577 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 8578 return true; 8579 8580 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 8581 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 8582 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 8583 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 8584 8585 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 8586 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 8587 // initialized, then the use is safe. 8588 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 8589 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 8590 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 8591 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 8592 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 8593 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 8594 return true; 8595 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 8596 break; 8597 } 8598 8599 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 8600 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8601 return true; 8602 } 8603 8604 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8605 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8606 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8607 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8608 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8609 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8610 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8611 return; 8612 } 8613 8614 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8615 Visit(CO->getCond()); 8616 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8617 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8618 return; 8619 } 8620 8621 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 8622 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8623 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 8624 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 8625 return; 8626 } 8627 8628 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 8629 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 8630 return; 8631 } 8632 8633 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 8634 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 8635 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 8636 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 8637 return; 8638 } 8639 } 8640 8641 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8642 if (isInitList) { 8643 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 8644 false /*CheckReference*/)) 8645 return; 8646 } 8647 8648 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8649 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8650 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8651 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8652 return; 8653 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8654 } 8655 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8656 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8657 return; 8658 } 8659 8660 Visit(E); 8661 } 8662 8663 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 8664 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 8665 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8666 if (isReferenceType) 8667 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8668 } 8669 8670 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8671 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 8672 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8673 return; 8674 } 8675 8676 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8677 } 8678 8679 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8680 if (isInitList) { 8681 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 8682 return; 8683 } 8684 8685 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8686 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8687 8688 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8689 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8690 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8691 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8692 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8693 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8694 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8695 Warn = false; 8696 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8697 } 8698 8699 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8700 if (Warn) 8701 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8702 return; 8703 } 8704 8705 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8706 // Visit that expression. 8707 Visit(Base); 8708 } 8709 8710 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8711 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 8712 8713 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 8714 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8715 8716 Visit(Callee); 8717 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 8718 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 8719 } 8720 8721 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8722 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8723 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8724 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8725 if (!isPODType) 8726 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8727 return; 8728 } 8729 8730 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 8731 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8732 return; 8733 } 8734 8735 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8736 } 8737 8738 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8739 8740 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 8741 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 8742 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 8743 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8744 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 8745 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 8746 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 8747 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 8748 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 8749 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 8750 return; 8751 } 8752 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 8753 } 8754 8755 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 8756 // Treat std::move as a use. 8757 if (E->getNumArgs() == 1) { 8758 if (FunctionDecl *FD = E->getDirectCallee()) { 8759 if (FD->isInStdNamespace() && FD->getIdentifier() && 8760 FD->getIdentifier()->isStr("move")) { 8761 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 8762 return; 8763 } 8764 } 8765 } 8766 8767 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 8768 } 8769 8770 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 8771 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 8772 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 8773 Visit(E->getRHS()); 8774 return; 8775 } 8776 8777 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 8778 } 8779 8780 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 8781 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 8782 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 8783 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 8784 Visit(E->getCond()); 8785 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 8786 } 8787 8788 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8789 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8790 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8791 unsigned diag; 8792 if (isReferenceType) { 8793 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8794 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8795 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8796 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8797 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 8798 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 8799 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8800 } else { 8801 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 8802 return; 8803 } 8804 8805 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8806 S.PDiag(diag) 8807 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8808 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8809 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8810 } 8811 }; 8812 8813 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8814 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8815 bool DirectInit) { 8816 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8817 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8818 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8819 return; 8820 8821 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8822 8823 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8824 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8825 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8826 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8827 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8828 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8829 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8830 return; 8831 8832 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 8833 } 8834 } 8835 8836 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8837 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8838 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8839 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8840 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8841 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8842 // the initializer. 8843 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8844 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 8845 return; 8846 } 8847 8848 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8849 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 8850 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8851 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8852 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8853 return; 8854 } 8855 8856 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8857 if (!VDecl) { 8858 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8859 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8860 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8861 return; 8862 } 8863 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8864 8865 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8866 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8867 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 8868 // be deduced based on the chosen correction:if the original init contains a 8869 // TypoExpr. 8870 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 8871 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 8872 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8873 return; 8874 } 8875 8876 if (Res.get() != Init) { 8877 Init = Res.get(); 8878 if (CXXDirectInit) 8879 CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8880 } 8881 8882 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8883 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8884 // contains exactly one expression. 8885 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8886 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8887 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8888 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8889 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8890 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8891 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8892 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8893 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8894 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8895 return; 8896 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8897 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8898 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8899 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8900 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8901 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8902 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8903 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8904 return; 8905 } else { 8906 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8907 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8908 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8909 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8910 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8911 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8912 } 8913 } 8914 8915 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8916 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8917 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8918 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8919 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8920 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8921 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8922 return; 8923 } 8924 Init = Result.get(); 8925 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8926 } 8927 8928 QualType DeducedType; 8929 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8930 DAR_Failed) 8931 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8932 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8933 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8934 return; 8935 } 8936 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8937 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8938 8939 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8940 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8941 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8942 8943 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8944 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8945 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8946 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8947 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8948 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8949 SourceLocation Loc = 8950 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8951 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8952 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8953 } 8954 8955 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8956 // the previously declared type. 8957 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8958 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8959 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8960 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8961 } 8962 8963 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8964 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8965 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8966 return; 8967 8968 // If all looks well, warn if this is a case that will change meaning when 8969 // we implement N3922. 8970 if (DirectInit && !CXXDirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 8971 Diag(Init->getLocStart(), 8972 diag::warn_auto_var_direct_list_init) 8973 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Init->getLocStart(), "="); 8974 } 8975 } 8976 8977 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8978 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8979 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8980 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8981 return; 8982 } 8983 8984 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8985 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8986 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8987 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8988 return; 8989 } 8990 8991 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8992 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8993 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8994 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8995 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8996 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8997 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8998 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8999 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9000 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9001 return; 9002 } 9003 9004 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9005 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 9006 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9007 AbstractVariableType)) 9008 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9009 } 9010 9011 VarDecl *Def; 9012 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 9013 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 9014 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden) && 9015 (VDecl->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 9016 VDecl->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 9017 VDecl->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 9018 VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 9019 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 9020 // permitted (in separate TUs). Form another definition of it. 9021 } else { 9022 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 9023 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9024 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9025 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9026 return; 9027 } 9028 } 9029 9030 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9031 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 9032 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 9033 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9034 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 9035 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 9036 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 9037 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 9038 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 9039 // 9040 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 9041 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 9042 // declaration with an initializer. 9043 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 9044 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 9045 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 9046 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 9047 diag::note_previous_initializer) 9048 << 0; 9049 return; 9050 } 9051 9052 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 9053 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9054 9055 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 9056 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9057 return; 9058 } 9059 } 9060 9061 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 9062 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 9063 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 9064 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 9065 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9066 return; 9067 } 9068 9069 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 9070 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 9071 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 9072 9073 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 9074 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 9075 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 9076 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 9077 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 9078 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9079 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9080 return; 9081 } 9082 Init = Result.get(); 9083 } 9084 9085 // Perform the initialization. 9086 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9087 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 9088 InitializationKind Kind 9089 = DirectInit ? 9090 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 9091 Init->getLocStart(), 9092 Init->getLocEnd()) 9093 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 9094 VDecl->getLocation()) 9095 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 9096 Init->getLocStart()); 9097 9098 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 9099 if (CXXDirectInit) 9100 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 9101 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 9102 9103 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 9104 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 9105 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 9106 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 9107 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 9108 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 9109 }); 9110 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 9111 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9112 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 9113 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 9114 } 9115 } 9116 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9117 return; 9118 9119 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 9120 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 9121 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9122 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9123 return; 9124 } 9125 9126 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 9127 } 9128 9129 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 9130 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 9131 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 9132 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 9133 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 9134 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 9135 } 9136 9137 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 9138 // completed by the initializer. For example: 9139 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 9140 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 9141 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 9142 VDecl->setType(DclT); 9143 9144 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9145 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 9146 9147 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 9148 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 9149 9150 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 9151 // Although this code can still have problems: 9152 // id x = self.weakProp; 9153 // id y = self.weakProp; 9154 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 9155 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 9156 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 9157 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 9158 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 9159 Init->getLocStart())) 9160 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 9161 } 9162 9163 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 9164 // 9165 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 9166 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 9167 // full-expression. For instance, in: 9168 // 9169 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 9170 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 9171 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 9172 // 9173 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 9174 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 9175 false, 9176 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 9177 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 9178 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9179 return; 9180 } 9181 Init = Result.get(); 9182 9183 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 9184 VDecl->setInit(Init); 9185 9186 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 9187 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 9188 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 9189 // C++ does not have this restriction. 9190 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 9191 const Expr *Culprit; 9192 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 9193 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9194 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 9195 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 9196 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 9197 // constant expressions. 9198 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 9199 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 9200 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 9201 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 9202 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 9203 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9204 } 9205 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 9206 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 9207 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 9208 // 9209 // struct S { 9210 // static const int value = 17; 9211 // }; 9212 9213 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 9214 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 9215 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 9216 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 9217 // 9218 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 9219 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 9220 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 9221 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 9222 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 9223 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 9224 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 9225 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 9226 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 9227 9228 // Do nothing on dependent types. 9229 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 9230 9231 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 9232 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 9233 // type. 9234 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 9235 9236 // Require constness. 9237 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 9238 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 9239 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9240 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9241 9242 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 9243 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 9244 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 9245 SourceLocation Loc; 9246 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 9247 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 9248 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 9249 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 9250 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 9251 ; // Nothing to check. 9252 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 9253 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 9254 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9255 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 9256 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 9257 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9258 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9259 } else { 9260 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 9261 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 9262 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9263 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9264 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9265 } 9266 9267 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 9268 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 9269 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 9270 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 9271 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 9272 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 9273 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9274 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9275 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 9276 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 9277 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9278 } else { 9279 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 9280 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9281 9282 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 9283 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 9284 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9285 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9286 } 9287 } 9288 9289 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 9290 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 9291 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 9292 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 9293 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 9294 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 9295 9296 } else { 9297 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 9298 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 9299 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 9300 } 9301 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 9302 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 9303 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 9304 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 9305 VDecl->isExternC())) && 9306 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 9307 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 9308 9309 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 9310 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 9311 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 9312 } 9313 9314 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 9315 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 9316 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 9317 // 9318 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 9319 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 9320 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 9321 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 9322 // special case code. 9323 9324 // C++ 8.5p11: 9325 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 9326 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 9327 // class type. 9328 if (CXXDirectInit) { 9329 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 9330 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9331 } else if (DirectInit) { 9332 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 9333 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 9334 } 9335 9336 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 9337 } 9338 9339 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 9340 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 9341 /// of sanity. 9342 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 9343 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 9344 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 9345 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9346 9347 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9348 if (!VD) return; 9349 9350 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 9351 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 9352 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9353 return; 9354 } 9355 9356 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 9357 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 9358 9359 // Require a complete type. 9360 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 9361 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 9362 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9363 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9364 return; 9365 } 9366 9367 // Require a non-abstract type. 9368 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 9369 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9370 AbstractVariableType)) { 9371 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9372 return; 9373 } 9374 9375 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 9376 // though. 9377 } 9378 9379 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 9380 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9381 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 9382 if (!RealDecl) 9383 return; 9384 9385 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 9386 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 9387 9388 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 9389 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 9390 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 9391 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 9392 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9393 return; 9394 } 9395 9396 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 9397 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 9398 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 9399 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 9400 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 9401 // member. 9402 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9403 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 9404 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9405 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 9406 << Var->getDeclName(); 9407 else 9408 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 9409 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9410 return; 9411 } 9412 9413 // C++ Concepts TS [dcl.spec.concept]p1: [...] A variable template 9414 // definition having the concept specifier is called a variable concept. A 9415 // concept definition refers to [...] a variable concept and its initializer. 9416 if (Var->isConcept()) { 9417 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_var_concept_not_initialized); 9418 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9419 return; 9420 } 9421 9422 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 9423 // be initialized. 9424 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9425 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 9426 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 9427 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 9428 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9429 return; 9430 } 9431 9432 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9433 case VarDecl::Definition: 9434 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 9435 break; 9436 9437 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 9438 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 9439 // a declaration. 9440 // 9441 // Fall through 9442 9443 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 9444 // It's only a declaration. 9445 9446 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 9447 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 9448 // object shall be complete. 9449 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 9450 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9451 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9452 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 9453 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9454 9455 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 9456 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9457 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9458 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9459 AbstractVariableType)) 9460 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9461 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 9462 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 9463 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 9464 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 9465 } 9466 9467 return; 9468 9469 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 9470 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 9471 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 9472 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 9473 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 9474 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 9475 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 9476 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 9477 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 9478 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9479 ArrayT->getElementType(), 9480 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 9481 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9482 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 9483 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 9484 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 9485 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 9486 // NOTE: code such as the following 9487 // static struct s; 9488 // struct s { int a; }; 9489 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 9490 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 9491 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 9492 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 9493 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9494 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 9495 } 9496 } 9497 9498 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 9499 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9500 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 9501 return; 9502 } 9503 9504 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9505 // definitions with incomplete array type. 9506 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 9507 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 9508 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 9509 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9510 return; 9511 } 9512 9513 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 9514 // definitions with reference type. 9515 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 9516 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 9517 << Var->getDeclName() 9518 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 9519 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9520 return; 9521 } 9522 9523 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 9524 // variable with dependent type. 9525 if (Type->isDependentType()) 9526 return; 9527 9528 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 9529 return; 9530 9531 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9532 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 9533 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 9534 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 9535 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9536 return; 9537 } 9538 } else { 9539 return; 9540 } 9541 9542 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 9543 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 9544 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9545 AbstractVariableType)) { 9546 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9547 return; 9548 } 9549 9550 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 9551 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 9552 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 9553 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 9554 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 9555 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 9556 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 9557 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 9558 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 9559 // types and is declared without an initializer. 9560 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9561 if (const RecordType *Record 9562 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 9563 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 9564 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 9565 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 9566 // incompatibilities with C++98. 9567 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 9568 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9569 } 9570 } 9571 9572 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 9573 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 9574 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 9575 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 9576 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 9577 // type shall have a user-declared default 9578 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 9579 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 9580 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 9581 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 9582 // program is ill-formed. 9583 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 9584 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 9585 // default-initialized; [...]. 9586 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 9587 InitializationKind Kind 9588 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 9589 9590 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9591 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 9592 if (Init.isInvalid()) 9593 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 9594 else if (Init.get()) { 9595 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 9596 // This is important for template substitution. 9597 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 9598 } 9599 9600 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 9601 } 9602 } 9603 9604 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 9605 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 9606 if (!VD) { 9607 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 9608 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9609 return; 9610 } 9611 9612 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9613 9614 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 9615 int Error = -1; 9616 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 9617 case SC_None: 9618 break; 9619 case SC_Extern: 9620 Error = 0; 9621 break; 9622 case SC_Static: 9623 Error = 1; 9624 break; 9625 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9626 Error = 2; 9627 break; 9628 case SC_Auto: 9629 Error = 3; 9630 break; 9631 case SC_Register: 9632 Error = 4; 9633 break; 9634 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9635 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9636 } 9637 if (Error != -1) { 9638 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9639 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9640 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9641 } 9642 } 9643 9644 StmtResult 9645 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9646 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9647 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9648 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9649 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9650 // A range-based for statement of the form 9651 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9652 // is equivalent to 9653 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9654 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9655 9656 const char *PrevSpec; 9657 unsigned DiagID; 9658 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9659 getPrintingPolicy()); 9660 9661 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9662 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9663 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9664 9665 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9666 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9667 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9668 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9669 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9670 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9671 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9672 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9673 } 9674 9675 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9676 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9677 9678 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9679 // local retaining variable. 9680 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9681 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9682 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9683 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9684 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9685 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9686 break; 9687 9688 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9689 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9690 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9691 break; 9692 } 9693 } 9694 9695 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9696 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9697 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9698 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9699 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9700 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9701 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9702 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9703 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9704 var->getLocation())) { 9705 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9706 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9707 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9708 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9709 9710 if (!prev) 9711 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9712 } 9713 9714 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9715 const Expr *Culprit; 9716 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9717 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9718 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9719 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9720 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9721 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9722 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9723 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9724 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9725 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9726 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9727 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9728 // initialization. 9729 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9730 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9731 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9732 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9733 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9734 } 9735 9736 } 9737 9738 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 9739 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 9740 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9741 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9742 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9743 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 9744 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9745 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9746 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9747 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9748 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9749 } else { 9750 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9751 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 9752 } 9753 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9754 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9755 Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9756 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9757 } 9758 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9759 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9760 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9761 9762 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9763 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9764 // attribute. 9765 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9766 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9767 CurInitSegLoc)); 9768 } 9769 9770 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9771 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9772 9773 QualType type = var->getType(); 9774 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9775 9776 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9777 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9778 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9779 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9780 9781 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9782 // constructing this copy. 9783 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9784 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9785 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9786 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9787 ExprResult result 9788 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9789 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9790 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9791 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9792 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9793 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9794 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9795 } 9796 } 9797 } 9798 9799 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9800 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9801 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9802 9803 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9804 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9805 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9806 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9807 var->getLocation())) { 9808 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9809 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9810 // warned about them. 9811 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9812 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9813 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9814 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9815 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9816 } 9817 9818 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9819 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9820 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9821 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9822 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9823 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9824 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9825 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9826 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9827 Notes.clear(); 9828 } 9829 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9830 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9831 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9832 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9833 } 9834 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9835 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9836 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9837 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9838 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9839 } 9840 } 9841 9842 // Require the destructor. 9843 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9844 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9845 } 9846 9847 /// \brief Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 9848 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 9849 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 9850 return true; 9851 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 9852 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 9853 return true; 9854 return false; 9855 } 9856 9857 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9858 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9859 void 9860 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9861 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9862 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9863 9864 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9865 if (!VD) 9866 return; 9867 9868 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9869 9870 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 9871 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 9872 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 9873 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 9874 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 9875 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 9876 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD)) { 9877 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 9878 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 9879 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 9880 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 9881 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 9882 } 9883 } 9884 } 9885 9886 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9887 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9888 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9889 dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9890 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9891 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9892 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9893 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9894 } 9895 } 9896 } 9897 9898 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 9899 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 9900 9901 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9902 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 9903 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9904 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9905 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9906 // with a warning. 9907 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9908 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9909 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9910 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9911 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9912 9913 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9914 IsClassTemplateMember 9915 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9916 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9917 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9918 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9919 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9920 } 9921 } 9922 9923 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 9924 // isn't exported with the variable. 9925 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 9926 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 9927 << DLLAttr; 9928 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9929 } 9930 9931 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9932 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9933 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9934 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9935 } 9936 } 9937 9938 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9939 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9940 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9941 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9942 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9943 9944 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9945 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9946 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9947 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9948 9949 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9950 // tag values. 9951 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9952 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9953 return; 9954 9955 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9956 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9957 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9958 continue; 9959 } 9960 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9961 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9962 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9963 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9964 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9965 continue; 9966 } 9967 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9968 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9969 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9970 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9971 continue; 9972 } 9973 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9974 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9975 MagicValue, 9976 I->getMatchingCType(), 9977 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9978 I->getMustBeNull()); 9979 } 9980 } 9981 9982 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9983 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9984 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9985 9986 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9987 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9988 9989 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9990 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9991 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9992 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9993 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9994 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9995 Decls.push_back(D); 9996 } 9997 9998 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9999 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 10000 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 10001 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 10002 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 10003 } 10004 } 10005 10006 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 10007 } 10008 10009 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 10010 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 10011 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 10012 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 10013 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 10014 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 10015 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 10016 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 10017 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 10018 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 10019 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 10020 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 10021 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 10022 QualType Deduced; 10023 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 10024 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 10025 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 10026 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 10027 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 10028 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 10029 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 10030 break; 10031 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 10032 if (!U.isNull()) { 10033 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 10034 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 10035 Deduced = U; 10036 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 10037 DeducedDecl = D; 10038 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 10039 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 10040 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 10041 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 10042 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 10043 << U << D->getDeclName() 10044 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 10045 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 10046 D->setInvalidDecl(); 10047 break; 10048 } 10049 } 10050 } 10051 } 10052 } 10053 10054 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 10055 10056 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 10057 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 10058 } 10059 10060 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 10061 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 10062 } 10063 10064 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 10065 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 10066 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 10067 return; 10068 10069 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 10070 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 10071 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 10072 Group[0]->getLocation())) 10073 return; 10074 10075 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 10076 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 10077 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 10078 // additional declaration references: 10079 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 10080 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 10081 // 'struct S *pS;' 10082 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 10083 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 10084 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 10085 Group = Group.slice(1); 10086 } 10087 } 10088 10089 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 10090 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 10091 if (!Comments.empty() && 10092 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 10093 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 10094 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 10095 // 10096 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 10097 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 10098 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 10099 // ahead through comments. 10100 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 10101 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 10102 } 10103 } 10104 10105 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 10106 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 10107 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 10108 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 10109 10110 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 10111 10112 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 10113 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 10114 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 10115 SC = SC_Register; 10116 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10117 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 10118 SC = SC_Auto; 10119 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 10120 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 10121 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 10122 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 10123 } 10124 10125 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 10126 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 10127 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 10128 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 10129 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 10130 << 0; 10131 10132 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 10133 10134 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 10135 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 10136 10137 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10138 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 10139 // parameter. 10140 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 10141 10142 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 10143 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 10144 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 10145 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 10146 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 10147 } 10148 } 10149 10150 // Ensure we have a valid name 10151 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 10152 if (D.hasName()) { 10153 II = D.getIdentifier(); 10154 if (!II) { 10155 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 10156 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 10157 D.setInvalidType(true); 10158 } 10159 } 10160 10161 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 10162 if (II) { 10163 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 10164 ForRedeclaration); 10165 LookupName(R, S); 10166 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 10167 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 10168 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 10169 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 10170 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 10171 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 10172 PrevDecl = nullptr; 10173 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 10174 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 10175 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10176 10177 // Recover by removing the name 10178 II = nullptr; 10179 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 10180 D.setInvalidType(true); 10181 } 10182 } 10183 } 10184 10185 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 10186 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 10187 // looking like class members in C++. 10188 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 10189 D.getLocStart(), 10190 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 10191 parmDeclType, TInfo, 10192 SC); 10193 10194 if (D.isInvalidType()) 10195 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10196 10197 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 10198 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 10199 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 10200 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 10201 10202 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 10203 S->AddDecl(New); 10204 if (II) 10205 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 10206 10207 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 10208 10209 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 10210 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10211 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 10212 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10213 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10214 10215 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 10216 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 10217 } 10218 return New; 10219 } 10220 10221 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 10222 /// typedef. 10223 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 10224 SourceLocation Loc, 10225 QualType T) { 10226 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 10227 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 10228 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 10229 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 10230 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 10231 SC_None, nullptr); 10232 Param->setImplicit(); 10233 return Param; 10234 } 10235 10236 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10237 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 10238 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 10239 // will already have done so in the template itself. 10240 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 10241 return; 10242 10243 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10244 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 10245 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 10246 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 10247 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 10248 } 10249 } 10250 } 10251 10252 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 10253 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 10254 QualType ReturnTy, 10255 NamedDecl *D) { 10256 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 10257 return; 10258 10259 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10260 // threshold. 10261 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 10262 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 10263 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10264 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 10265 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 10266 } 10267 10268 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 10269 // threshold. 10270 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 10271 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 10272 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 10273 continue; 10274 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 10275 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 10276 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 10277 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 10278 } 10279 } 10280 10281 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 10282 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 10283 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 10284 StorageClass SC) { 10285 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 10286 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 10287 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 10288 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 10289 10290 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 10291 10292 // Special cases for arrays: 10293 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 10294 // - otherwise, it's an error 10295 if (T->isArrayType()) { 10296 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 10297 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 10298 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 10299 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 10300 } 10301 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 10302 } else { 10303 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 10304 } 10305 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 10306 } 10307 10308 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 10309 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 10310 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 10311 10312 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 10313 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 10314 // the class has been completely parsed. 10315 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 10316 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 10317 AbstractParamType)) 10318 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10319 10320 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 10321 // passed by reference. 10322 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 10323 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 10324 Diag(NameLoc, 10325 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 10326 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 10327 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 10328 New->setType(T); 10329 } 10330 10331 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 10332 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 10333 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 10334 // an address space. 10335 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 10336 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 10337 // to be qualified with an address space. 10338 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 10339 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 10340 New->setInvalidDecl(); 10341 } 10342 } 10343 10344 return New; 10345 } 10346 10347 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 10348 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 10349 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 10350 10351 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 10352 // for a K&R function. 10353 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 10354 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 10355 --i; 10356 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 10357 SmallString<256> Code; 10358 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 10359 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 10360 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 10361 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 10362 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 10363 10364 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 10365 // type. 10366 AttributeFactory attrs; 10367 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 10368 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 10369 unsigned DiagID; // unused 10370 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 10371 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10372 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 10373 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10374 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10375 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 10376 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 10377 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 10378 } 10379 } 10380 } 10381 } 10382 10383 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 10384 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 10385 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 10386 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 10387 10388 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 10389 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 10390 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 10391 } 10392 10393 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 10394 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 10395 } 10396 10397 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 10398 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10399 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 10400 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10401 return false; 10402 10403 // Or declarations that aren't global. 10404 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 10405 return false; 10406 10407 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 10408 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 10409 return false; 10410 10411 // Don't warn about 'main'. 10412 if (FD->isMain()) 10413 return false; 10414 10415 // Don't warn about inline functions. 10416 if (FD->isInlined()) 10417 return false; 10418 10419 // Don't warn about function templates. 10420 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10421 return false; 10422 10423 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 10424 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 10425 return false; 10426 10427 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 10428 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 10429 return false; 10430 10431 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 10432 if (FD->isDeleted()) 10433 return false; 10434 10435 bool MissingPrototype = true; 10436 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 10437 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 10438 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 10439 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 10440 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10441 continue; 10442 10443 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 10444 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 10445 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 10446 break; 10447 } 10448 10449 return MissingPrototype; 10450 } 10451 10452 void 10453 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 10454 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 10455 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 10456 // was an extern inline function. 10457 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 10458 if (!Definition) 10459 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 10460 return; 10461 10462 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 10463 return; 10464 10465 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 10466 // a template, it's OK to form another definition of it. 10467 // 10468 // FIXME: Should we skip the body of the function and use the old definition 10469 // in this case? That may be necessary for functions that return local types 10470 // through a deduced return type, or instantiate templates with local types. 10471 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 10472 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 10473 Definition->isInlined() || 10474 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 10475 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) 10476 return; 10477 10478 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 10479 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 10480 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 10481 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 10482 else 10483 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 10484 10485 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 10486 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10487 } 10488 10489 10490 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 10491 Sema &S) { 10492 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 10493 10494 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 10495 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 10496 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 10497 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 10498 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 10499 10500 if (LCD == LCD_None) 10501 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 10502 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 10503 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 10504 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 10505 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 10506 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 10507 10508 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 10509 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 10510 10511 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 10512 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 10513 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 10514 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 10515 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 10516 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 10517 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 10518 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 10519 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 10520 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 10521 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 10522 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 10523 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 10524 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 10525 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10526 10527 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 10528 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 10529 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 10530 } else { 10531 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getType()); 10532 } 10533 ++I; 10534 } 10535 } 10536 10537 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 10538 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 10539 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 10540 10541 if (!D) 10542 return D; 10543 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 10544 10545 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 10546 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10547 else 10548 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 10549 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 10550 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 10551 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 10552 // LambdaScopeInfo. 10553 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 10554 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 10555 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 10556 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 10557 // have the LSI properly restored. 10558 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 10559 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 10560 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 10561 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 10562 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 10563 } 10564 else 10565 // Enter a new function scope 10566 PushFunctionScope(); 10567 10568 // See if this is a redefinition. 10569 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 10570 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 10571 10572 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 10573 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10574 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 10575 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 10576 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 10577 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10578 } 10579 } 10580 10581 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 10582 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 10583 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 10584 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 10585 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10586 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 10587 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 10588 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10589 10590 if (FnBodyScope) 10591 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 10592 10593 // Check the validity of our function parameters 10594 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10595 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 10596 10597 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 10598 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 10599 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 10600 10601 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 10602 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 10603 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 10604 10605 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 10606 } 10607 } 10608 10609 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 10610 // introduce them into the function scope. 10611 if (FnBodyScope) { 10612 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 10613 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 10614 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 10615 I != E; ++I) { 10616 NamedDecl *D = *I; 10617 10618 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the 10619 // translation unit for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove 10620 // from the translation unit and reattach to the current context. 10621 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 10622 // Is the decl actually in the context? 10623 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 10624 if (DI == D) { 10625 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 10626 break; 10627 } 10628 } 10629 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 10630 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 10631 } 10632 10633 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 10634 if (!D->getName().empty()) 10635 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10636 10637 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 10638 // accessible in this scope. 10639 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 10640 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 10641 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10642 } 10643 } 10644 } 10645 10646 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10647 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10648 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10649 10650 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10651 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10652 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10653 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10654 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10655 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10656 return D; 10657 } 10658 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10659 // a function template). 10660 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10661 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10662 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10663 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10664 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10665 10666 return D; 10667 } 10668 10669 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10670 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10671 /// optimization. 10672 /// 10673 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10674 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10675 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10676 /// use the named return value optimization. 10677 /// 10678 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10679 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10680 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10681 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10682 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10683 10684 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10685 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10686 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10687 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10688 } 10689 } 10690 } 10691 10692 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10693 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10694 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10695 return false; 10696 10697 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10698 // return type (yet). 10699 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10700 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10701 // we can still delay parsing it. 10702 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10703 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10704 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10705 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10706 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10707 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10708 } 10709 } 10710 return false; 10711 } 10712 10713 return true; 10714 } 10715 10716 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10717 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10718 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10719 // rest of the file. 10720 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10721 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10722 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10723 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10724 return false; 10725 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10726 } 10727 10728 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10729 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10730 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10731 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10732 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10733 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10734 } 10735 10736 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10737 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10738 } 10739 10740 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10741 bool IsInstantiation) { 10742 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10743 10744 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10745 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10746 10747 if (FD) { 10748 FD->setBody(Body); 10749 10750 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10751 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10752 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10753 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10754 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10755 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10756 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10757 << FD->getReturnType(); 10758 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10759 } else { 10760 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10761 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 10762 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10763 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10764 } 10765 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 10766 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 10767 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 10768 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 10769 10770 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 10771 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 10772 // [the deduced type is] the type void 10773 QualType RetType = 10774 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 10775 10776 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 10777 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 10778 FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10779 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 10780 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 10781 } 10782 } 10783 10784 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10785 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10786 // is the first declaration. 10787 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10788 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10789 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10790 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10791 !LangOpts.GNUInline && 10792 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10793 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10794 } 10795 10796 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10797 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10798 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10799 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10800 10801 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10802 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10803 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10804 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10805 10806 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10807 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10808 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted()) 10809 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10810 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10811 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10812 10813 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 10814 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10815 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10816 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 10817 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 10818 10819 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10820 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10821 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10822 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10823 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10824 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10825 } 10826 10827 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 10828 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 10829 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 10830 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 10831 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 10832 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 10833 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 10834 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 10835 10836 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 10837 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 10838 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 10839 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 10840 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 10841 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 10842 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 10843 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 10844 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 10845 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 10846 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 10847 } 10848 } 10849 } 10850 10851 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 10852 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 10853 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 10854 MD->isVirtual() && 10855 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 10856 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 10857 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 10858 if (FD->isInlined() && 10859 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 10860 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 10861 10862 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 10863 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 10864 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 10865 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 10866 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 10867 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10868 } else { 10869 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 10870 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 10871 } 10872 } 10873 } 10874 10875 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10876 "Function parsing confused"); 10877 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10878 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10879 MD->setBody(Body); 10880 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10881 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10882 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10883 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10884 10885 if (Body) 10886 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10887 } 10888 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10889 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10890 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10891 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10892 } 10893 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10894 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10895 bool isDesignated = 10896 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10897 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10898 (void)isDesignated; 10899 10900 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10901 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10902 if (!IFace) 10903 return false; 10904 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10905 if (!SuperD) 10906 return false; 10907 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10908 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10909 }; 10910 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10911 // of NSObject. 10912 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10913 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10914 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10915 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10916 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10917 } 10918 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10919 } 10920 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10921 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10922 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10923 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10924 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10925 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10926 } 10927 } else { 10928 return nullptr; 10929 } 10930 10931 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10932 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10933 "handled in the block above."); 10934 10935 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10936 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 10937 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10938 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10939 // Verify this. 10940 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10941 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10942 10943 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10944 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10945 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10946 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10947 10948 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10949 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10950 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10951 10952 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10953 Destructor->getParent()); 10954 } 10955 10956 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10957 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10958 // deletion in some later function. 10959 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10960 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10961 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10962 } 10963 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10964 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10965 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10966 // enabled. 10967 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10968 } 10969 10970 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10971 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10972 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10973 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10974 10975 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 10976 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 10977 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 10978 Diag(S->getLocStart(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 10979 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 10980 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10981 break; 10982 } 10983 } 10984 } 10985 10986 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 10987 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 10988 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10989 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10990 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10991 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10992 } 10993 10994 if (!IsInstantiation) 10995 PopDeclContext(); 10996 10997 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10998 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10999 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 11000 // deletion in some later function. 11001 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 11002 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 11003 } 11004 11005 return dcl; 11006 } 11007 11008 11009 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 11010 /// relevant Decl. 11011 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 11012 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 11013 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 11014 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 11015 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 11016 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 11017 11018 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 11019 if (Method->isStatic()) 11020 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 11021 } 11022 11023 11024 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 11025 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 11026 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 11027 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 11028 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 11029 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 11030 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 11031 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 11032 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 11033 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 11034 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11035 return ExternCPrev; 11036 } 11037 11038 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 11039 unsigned diag_id; 11040 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 11041 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 11042 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 11043 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 11044 else 11045 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 11046 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 11047 11048 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 11049 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 11050 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 11051 TypoCorrection Corrected; 11052 if (S && 11053 (Corrected = CorrectTypo( 11054 DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, 11055 llvm::make_unique<DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl>>(), CTK_NonError))) 11056 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 11057 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 11058 } 11059 11060 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 11061 const char *Dummy; 11062 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 11063 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 11064 unsigned DiagID; 11065 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 11066 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 11067 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 11068 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 11069 SourceLocation NoLoc; 11070 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 11071 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 11072 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 11073 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11074 /*Params=*/nullptr, 11075 /*NumParams=*/0, 11076 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 11077 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 11078 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 11079 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 11080 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11081 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11082 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11083 /*RestrictQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 11084 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 11085 EST_None, 11086 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 11087 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 11088 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 11089 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 11090 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 11091 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 11092 Loc, Loc, D), 11093 DS.getAttributes(), 11094 SourceLocation()); 11095 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 11096 11097 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 11098 11099 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 11100 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 11101 11102 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 11103 FD->setImplicit(); 11104 11105 CurContext = PrevDC; 11106 11107 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 11108 11109 return FD; 11110 } 11111 11112 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 11113 /// the declaration of this function. 11114 /// 11115 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 11116 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 11117 /// like NSLog or printf. 11118 /// 11119 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 11120 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 11121 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 11122 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 11123 return; 11124 11125 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 11126 // actual attributes. 11127 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 11128 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 11129 unsigned FormatIdx; 11130 bool HasVAListArg; 11131 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 11132 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 11133 const char *fmt = "printf"; 11134 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 11135 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 11136 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 11137 fmt = "NSString"; 11138 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11139 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 11140 FormatIdx+1, 11141 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11142 FD->getLocation())); 11143 } 11144 } 11145 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 11146 HasVAListArg)) { 11147 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11148 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11149 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 11150 FormatIdx+1, 11151 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 11152 FD->getLocation())); 11153 } 11154 11155 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 11156 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 11157 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 11158 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 11159 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 11160 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11161 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11162 } 11163 11164 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 11165 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 11166 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11167 FD->getLocation())); 11168 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 11169 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11170 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 11171 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 11172 } 11173 11174 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 11175 if (!Name) 11176 return; 11177 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11178 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 11179 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 11180 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 11181 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 11182 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 11183 // about. 11184 } else 11185 return; 11186 11187 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 11188 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 11189 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 11190 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 11191 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 11192 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 11193 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 11194 FD->getLocation())); 11195 } 11196 11197 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 11198 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 11199 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 11200 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 11201 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 11202 FD->getLocation())); 11203 } 11204 } 11205 11206 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 11207 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 11208 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 11209 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 11210 11211 if (!TInfo) { 11212 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 11213 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 11214 } 11215 11216 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 11217 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 11218 D.getLocStart(), 11219 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 11220 D.getIdentifier(), 11221 TInfo); 11222 11223 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 11224 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 11225 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 11226 return NewTD; 11227 } 11228 11229 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 11230 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11231 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 11232 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 11233 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 11234 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 11235 else 11236 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 11237 } 11238 11239 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 11240 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 11241 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 11242 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 11243 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 11244 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 11245 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 11246 case TST_enum: 11247 case TST_struct: 11248 case TST_interface: 11249 case TST_union: 11250 case TST_class: { 11251 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 11252 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 11253 break; 11254 } 11255 11256 default: 11257 break; 11258 } 11259 11260 return NewTD; 11261 } 11262 11263 11264 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 11265 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 11266 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11267 QualType T = TI->getType(); 11268 11269 if (T->isDependentType()) 11270 return false; 11271 11272 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 11273 if (BT->isInteger()) 11274 return false; 11275 11276 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 11277 return true; 11278 } 11279 11280 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 11281 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 11282 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 11283 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 11284 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 11285 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 11286 11287 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 11288 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 11289 << Prev->isScoped(); 11290 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11291 return true; 11292 } 11293 11294 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 11295 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 11296 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 11297 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 11298 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 11299 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 11300 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 11301 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 11302 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 11303 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 11304 return true; 11305 } 11306 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 11307 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 11308 << Prev->isFixed(); 11309 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11310 return true; 11311 } 11312 11313 return false; 11314 } 11315 11316 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 11317 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 11318 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 11319 /// 11320 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 11321 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 11322 switch (Tag) { 11323 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 11324 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 11325 case TTK_Class: return 2; 11326 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 11327 } 11328 } 11329 11330 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 11331 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 11332 /// 11333 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 11334 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 11335 { 11336 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 11337 } 11338 11339 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 11340 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 11341 /// 11342 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 11343 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 11344 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 11345 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 11346 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 11347 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 11348 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 11349 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 11350 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 11351 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 11352 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 11353 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 11354 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 11355 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 11356 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 11357 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 11358 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 11359 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 11360 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 11361 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 11362 if (OldTag == NewTag) 11363 return true; 11364 11365 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 11366 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 11367 bool isTemplate = false; 11368 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 11369 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 11370 11371 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 11372 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 11373 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 11374 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11375 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11376 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11377 return true; 11378 } 11379 11380 if (isDefinition) { 11381 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 11382 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 11383 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11384 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 11385 return true; 11386 } 11387 11388 bool previousMismatch = false; 11389 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 11390 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 11391 if (!previousMismatch) { 11392 previousMismatch = true; 11393 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 11394 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11395 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 11396 } 11397 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11398 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 11399 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 11400 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 11401 } 11402 } 11403 return true; 11404 } 11405 11406 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 11407 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 11408 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 11409 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 11410 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 11411 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 11412 return true; 11413 } 11414 11415 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 11416 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 11417 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 11418 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11419 11420 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 11421 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 11422 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 11423 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 11424 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 11425 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 11426 } 11427 11428 return true; 11429 } 11430 return false; 11431 } 11432 11433 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 11434 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 11435 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 11436 /// namespace N { 11437 /// struct X; 11438 /// namespace M { 11439 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 11440 /// } 11441 /// } 11442 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 11443 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 11444 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 11445 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 11446 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 11447 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 11448 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11449 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 11450 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 11451 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 11452 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 11453 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 11454 return FixItHint(); 11455 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 11456 Namespaces.push_back(II); 11457 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 11458 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 11459 if (Lookup == Namespace) 11460 break; 11461 } 11462 11463 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 11464 // build an NNS. 11465 SmallString<64> Insertion; 11466 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 11467 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 11468 OS << "::"; 11469 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 11470 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 11471 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 11472 OS.flush(); 11473 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 11474 } 11475 11476 /// \brief Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 11477 /// be redeclared with an unqualfied name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 11478 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 11479 /// using-declaration). 11480 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 11481 DeclContext *NewDC) { 11482 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 11483 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 11484 11485 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 11486 return true; 11487 11488 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 11489 // encloses the other). 11490 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 11491 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 11492 return true; 11493 11494 return false; 11495 } 11496 11497 /// \brief This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 11498 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 11499 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 11500 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 11501 /// 11502 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 11503 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 11504 /// 11505 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 11506 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 11507 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 11508 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 11509 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 11510 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 11511 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 11512 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 11513 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 11514 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 11515 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 11516 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 11517 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 11518 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 11519 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 11520 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 11521 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 11522 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 11523 11524 OwnedDecl = false; 11525 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 11526 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 11527 11528 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 11529 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 11530 bool Invalid = false; 11531 11532 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 11533 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 11534 // for non-C++ cases. 11535 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 11536 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 11537 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 11538 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 11539 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 11540 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 11541 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11542 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 11543 return nullptr; 11544 } 11545 11546 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 11547 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 11548 // be a member of another template). 11549 11550 if (Invalid) 11551 return nullptr; 11552 11553 OwnedDecl = false; 11554 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 11555 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 11556 TemplateParams, AS, 11557 ModulePrivateLoc, 11558 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 11559 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 11560 TemplateParameterLists.data(), 11561 SkipBody); 11562 return Result.get(); 11563 } else { 11564 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 11565 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 11566 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 11567 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 11568 } 11569 } 11570 } 11571 11572 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 11573 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 11574 // redeclaration. 11575 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 11576 11577 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11578 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 11579 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 11580 // type, default to int. 11581 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11582 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 11583 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 11584 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 11585 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 11586 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 11587 EnumUnderlying = TI; 11588 11589 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 11590 // Recover by falling back to int. 11591 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11592 11593 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 11594 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 11595 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11596 11597 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11598 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 11599 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 11600 } 11601 11602 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 11603 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 11604 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 11605 11606 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 11607 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 11608 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 11609 11610 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 11611 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11612 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 11613 11614 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 11615 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 11616 Name = nullptr; 11617 goto CreateNewDecl; 11618 } 11619 11620 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 11621 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 11622 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11623 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 11624 if (!DC) { 11625 IsDependent = true; 11626 return nullptr; 11627 } 11628 } else { 11629 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 11630 if (!DC) { 11631 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 11632 << SS.getRange(); 11633 return nullptr; 11634 } 11635 } 11636 11637 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 11638 return nullptr; 11639 11640 SearchDC = DC; 11641 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 11642 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 11643 11644 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11645 return nullptr; 11646 11647 if (Previous.empty()) { 11648 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 11649 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 11650 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 11651 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 11652 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 11653 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 11654 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 11655 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11656 IsDependent = true; 11657 return nullptr; 11658 } 11659 11660 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 11661 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 11662 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 11663 Name = nullptr; 11664 Invalid = true; 11665 goto CreateNewDecl; 11666 } 11667 } else if (Name) { 11668 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 11669 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 11670 // name different from T: 11671 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 11672 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11673 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 11674 return nullptr; 11675 11676 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 11677 // declaration or definition. 11678 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 11679 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 11680 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 11681 LookupName(Previous, S); 11682 11683 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 11684 // by types using'ed into this scope. 11685 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 11686 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 11687 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11688 while (F.hasNext()) { 11689 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11690 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 11691 F.erase(); 11692 } 11693 F.done(); 11694 } 11695 11696 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 11697 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 11698 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 11699 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 11700 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 11701 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 11702 // 11703 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 11704 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 11705 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 11706 // 11707 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 11708 // semantic context? 11709 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11710 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11711 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 11712 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 11713 while (F.hasNext()) { 11714 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 11715 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11716 if (DC->isFileContext() && 11717 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 11718 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11719 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 11720 else 11721 F.erase(); 11722 } 11723 } 11724 F.done(); 11725 11726 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11727 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11728 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11729 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11730 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11731 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11732 } 11733 } 11734 11735 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11736 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11737 return nullptr; 11738 11739 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11740 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11741 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11742 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11743 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11744 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11745 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11746 } 11747 } 11748 11749 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11750 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11751 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11752 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11753 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11754 Previous.clear(); 11755 } 11756 11757 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11758 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11759 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11760 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11761 11762 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11763 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11764 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11765 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11766 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11767 } 11768 } 11769 11770 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11771 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11772 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11773 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11774 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11775 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11776 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11777 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11778 11779 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11780 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11781 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11782 // 11783 // class-key identifier 11784 // 11785 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11786 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11787 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11788 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11789 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11790 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11791 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11792 // declaration. 11793 // 11794 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11795 // C structs and unions. 11796 // 11797 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11798 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11799 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11800 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11801 // 11802 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11803 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11804 // 11805 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11806 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11807 // lexical context, 11808 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11809 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11810 11811 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11812 while (S->isClassScope() || 11813 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11814 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11815 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11816 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11817 S = S->getParent(); 11818 } else { 11819 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11820 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11821 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11822 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11823 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11824 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11825 } 11826 11827 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11828 // diagnose some problems. 11829 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11830 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11831 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11832 } 11833 } 11834 11835 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 11836 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 11837 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 11838 11839 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11840 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11841 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11842 11843 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11844 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11845 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11846 // in C++. 11847 // 11848 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11849 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11850 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11851 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11852 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11853 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11854 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11855 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11856 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11857 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11858 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11859 PrevDecl = Tag; 11860 Previous.clear(); 11861 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11862 Previous.resolveKind(); 11863 } 11864 } 11865 } 11866 } 11867 11868 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 11869 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 11870 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 11871 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 11872 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 11873 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 11874 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization) && 11875 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 11876 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 11877 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 11878 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 11879 diag::note_using_decl_target); 11880 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 11881 << 0; 11882 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 11883 Previous.clear(); 11884 goto CreateNewDecl; 11885 } 11886 } 11887 11888 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11889 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11890 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11891 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11892 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11893 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11894 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11895 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11896 // struct or something similar. 11897 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11898 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11899 Name)) { 11900 bool SafeToContinue 11901 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11902 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11903 if (SafeToContinue) 11904 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11905 << Name 11906 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11907 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11908 else 11909 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11910 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11911 11912 if (SafeToContinue) 11913 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11914 else { 11915 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11916 Name = nullptr; 11917 Previous.clear(); 11918 Invalid = true; 11919 } 11920 } 11921 11922 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11923 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11924 11925 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11926 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11927 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11928 if (ScopedEnum) 11929 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11930 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11931 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11932 return PrevTagDecl; 11933 } 11934 11935 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11936 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11937 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11938 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11939 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11940 11941 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11942 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11943 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11944 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11945 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11946 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11947 } 11948 11949 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11950 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11951 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11952 // and then later defined. 11953 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11954 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11955 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11956 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11957 } 11958 11959 if (!Invalid) { 11960 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11961 // we have attributes. 11962 11963 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11964 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11965 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11966 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11967 if (!Attr && 11968 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11969 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11970 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11971 return PrevTagDecl; 11972 11973 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11974 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11975 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11976 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11977 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11978 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11979 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11980 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11981 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11982 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11983 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11984 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11985 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11986 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11987 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11988 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11989 } 11990 11991 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 11992 if (SkipBody && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11993 !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 11994 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 11995 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 11996 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 11997 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 11998 // use it in place of this one. 11999 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 12000 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden, KWLoc); 12001 return Def; 12002 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 12003 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 12004 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 12005 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 12006 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 12007 else 12008 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 12009 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12010 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 12011 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 12012 // references get the previous definition. 12013 Name = nullptr; 12014 Previous.clear(); 12015 Invalid = true; 12016 } 12017 } else { 12018 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 12019 // about a nested redefinition. 12020 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 12021 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 12022 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 12023 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 12024 diag::note_previous_definition); 12025 Name = nullptr; 12026 Previous.clear(); 12027 Invalid = true; 12028 } 12029 } 12030 12031 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 12032 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 12033 } 12034 12035 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 12036 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 12037 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 12038 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 12039 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 12040 AS = AS_none; 12041 } 12042 } 12043 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 12044 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 12045 12046 } else { 12047 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 12048 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 12049 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 12050 // have distinct types. 12051 Previous.clear(); 12052 } 12053 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 12054 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 12055 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 12056 12057 12058 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 12059 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 12060 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 12061 } else { 12062 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 12063 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 12064 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 12065 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 12066 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 12067 unsigned Kind = 0; 12068 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12069 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12070 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12071 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 12072 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 12073 Invalid = true; 12074 12075 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 12076 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 12077 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 12078 // do nothing 12079 12080 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 12081 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12082 unsigned Kind = 0; 12083 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12084 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 12085 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 12086 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 12087 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12088 Invalid = true; 12089 12090 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 12091 // case here. 12092 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12093 unsigned Kind = 0; 12094 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 12095 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 12096 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 12097 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 12098 Invalid = true; 12099 12100 // Otherwise, diagnose. 12101 } else { 12102 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 12103 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 12104 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 12105 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12106 Name = nullptr; 12107 Invalid = true; 12108 } 12109 12110 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 12111 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 12112 Previous.clear(); 12113 } 12114 } 12115 12116 CreateNewDecl: 12117 12118 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12119 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 12120 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 12121 12122 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 12123 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 12124 // keyword. 12125 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 12126 12127 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 12128 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 12129 // PrevDecl. 12130 TagDecl *New; 12131 12132 bool IsForwardReference = false; 12133 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 12134 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12135 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 12136 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12137 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 12138 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 12139 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 12140 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 12141 TagDecl *Def; 12142 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 12143 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 12144 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 12145 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 12146 } 12147 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 12148 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 12149 << New; 12150 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12151 } else { 12152 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 12153 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 12154 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 12155 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12156 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 12157 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 12158 12159 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 12160 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 12161 // the declaration context. 12162 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 12163 IsForwardReference = true; 12164 } 12165 } 12166 12167 if (EnumUnderlying) { 12168 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 12169 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 12170 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 12171 else 12172 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 12173 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 12174 } 12175 12176 } else { 12177 // struct/union/class 12178 12179 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 12180 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 12181 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12182 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 12183 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12184 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12185 12186 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 12187 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 12188 } else 12189 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 12190 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 12191 } 12192 12193 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 12194 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 12195 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12196 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 12197 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12198 Invalid = true; 12199 } 12200 12201 // Maybe add qualifier info. 12202 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 12203 if (SS.isSet()) { 12204 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 12205 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 12206 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 12207 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 12208 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 12209 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 12210 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 12211 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc)) 12212 Invalid = true; 12213 12214 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 12215 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 12216 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 12217 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 12218 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 12219 } 12220 } 12221 else 12222 Invalid = true; 12223 } 12224 12225 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 12226 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 12227 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 12228 // 12229 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 12230 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 12231 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 12232 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 12233 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 12234 // parsing of the struct). 12235 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 12236 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 12237 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 12238 } 12239 } 12240 12241 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 12242 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 12243 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 12244 << 2 12245 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 12246 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 12247 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 12248 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 12249 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 12250 New->setModulePrivate(); 12251 } 12252 12253 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 12254 // check the specialization. 12255 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 12256 Invalid = true; 12257 12258 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 12259 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 12260 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 12261 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 12262 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 12263 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12264 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 12265 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 12266 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 12267 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 12268 << Name; 12269 Invalid = true; 12270 } 12271 } else { 12272 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 12273 } 12274 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 12275 } 12276 12277 if (Invalid) 12278 New->setInvalidDecl(); 12279 12280 if (Attr) 12281 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12282 12283 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 12284 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 12285 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 12286 12287 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 12288 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 12289 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 12290 // the tag name visible. 12291 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 12292 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 12293 12294 // Set the access specifier. 12295 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 12296 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 12297 12298 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 12299 New->startDefinition(); 12300 12301 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 12302 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 12303 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 12304 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 12305 if (PrevDecl) 12306 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 12307 12308 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 12309 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12310 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 12311 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 12312 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 12313 } else if (Name) { 12314 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12315 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 12316 if (IsForwardReference) 12317 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 12318 12319 } else { 12320 CurContext->addDecl(New); 12321 } 12322 12323 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 12324 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 12325 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 12326 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 12327 II->isStr("FILE")) 12328 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 12329 12330 if (PrevDecl) 12331 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 12332 12333 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12334 // record. 12335 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 12336 12337 OwnedDecl = true; 12338 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 12339 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 12340 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 12341 } 12342 12343 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12344 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12345 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12346 12347 // Enter the tag context. 12348 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 12349 12350 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 12351 12352 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 12353 // record. 12354 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 12355 } 12356 12357 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 12358 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 12359 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 12360 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 12361 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 12362 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 12363 CurContext = OCD; 12364 return IDecl; 12365 } 12366 12367 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12368 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 12369 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 12370 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 12371 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12372 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 12373 12374 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 12375 12376 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 12377 return; 12378 12379 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 12380 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 12381 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 12382 12383 // C++ [class]p2: 12384 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 12385 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 12386 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 12387 // as if it were a public member name. 12388 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 12389 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 12390 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 12391 Record->getIdentifier(), 12392 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 12393 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 12394 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 12395 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 12396 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 12397 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 12398 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 12399 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 12400 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 12401 "Broken injected-class-name"); 12402 } 12403 12404 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 12405 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 12406 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12407 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12408 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 12409 12410 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12411 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12412 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 12413 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12414 RD->completeDefinition(); 12415 } 12416 12417 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 12418 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 12419 12420 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 12421 PopDeclContext(); 12422 12423 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 12424 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 12425 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 12426 12427 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 12428 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 12429 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 12430 } 12431 12432 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 12433 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 12434 PopDeclContext(); 12435 } 12436 12437 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12438 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 12439 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 12440 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 12441 } 12442 12443 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 12444 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 12445 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 12446 } 12447 12448 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 12449 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 12450 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 12451 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 12452 12453 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 12454 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 12455 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 12456 RD->completeDefinition(); 12457 } 12458 12459 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 12460 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 12461 // the FieldCollector. 12462 12463 PopDeclContext(); 12464 } 12465 12466 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 12467 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 12468 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 12469 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 12470 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 12471 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 12472 if (ZeroWidth) 12473 *ZeroWidth = true; 12474 12475 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 12476 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 12477 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12478 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 12479 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 12480 return ExprError(); 12481 if (FieldName) 12482 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 12483 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12484 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 12485 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 12486 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 12487 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 12488 return ExprError(); 12489 12490 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 12491 // it now. 12492 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 12493 return BitWidth; 12494 12495 llvm::APSInt Value; 12496 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 12497 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 12498 return ICE; 12499 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 12500 12501 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 12502 *ZeroWidth = false; 12503 12504 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 12505 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 12506 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 12507 12508 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 12509 if (FieldName) 12510 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12511 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 12512 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 12513 << Value.toString(10); 12514 } 12515 12516 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 12517 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 12518 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 12519 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 12520 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12521 if (FieldName) 12522 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12523 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12524 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12525 12526 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12527 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12528 } 12529 12530 if (FieldName) 12531 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12532 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 12533 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12534 else 12535 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 12536 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 12537 } 12538 } 12539 12540 return BitWidth; 12541 } 12542 12543 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 12544 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 12545 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 12546 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 12547 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 12548 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 12549 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 12550 return Res; 12551 } 12552 12553 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 12554 /// 12555 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 12556 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12557 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 12558 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12559 AccessSpecifier AS) { 12560 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12561 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12562 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12563 12564 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12565 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12566 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12567 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 12568 12569 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 12570 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 12571 D.setInvalidType(); 12572 T = Context.IntTy; 12573 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 12574 } 12575 } 12576 12577 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 12578 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 12579 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 12580 D.setInvalidType(); 12581 } 12582 12583 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 12584 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 12585 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 12586 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 12587 D.setInvalidType(); 12588 } 12589 12590 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 12591 12592 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 12593 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 12594 diag::err_invalid_thread) 12595 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 12596 12597 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 12598 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 12599 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 12600 LookupName(Previous, S); 12601 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 12602 case LookupResult::Found: 12603 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 12604 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 12605 break; 12606 12607 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 12608 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 12609 break; 12610 12611 case LookupResult::NotFound: 12612 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 12613 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 12614 break; 12615 } 12616 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 12617 12618 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12619 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12620 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 12621 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12622 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12623 } 12624 12625 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 12626 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12627 12628 bool Mutable 12629 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 12630 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 12631 FieldDecl *NewFD 12632 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 12633 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 12634 12635 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 12636 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12637 12638 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12639 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 12640 12641 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 12642 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 12643 // with the same name in the same scope. 12644 } else if (II) { 12645 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 12646 } else 12647 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 12648 12649 return NewFD; 12650 } 12651 12652 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 12653 /// 12654 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 12655 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 12656 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 12657 /// created. 12658 /// 12659 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 12660 /// 12661 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 12662 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 12663 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 12664 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 12665 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 12666 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 12667 SourceLocation TSSL, 12668 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 12669 Declarator *D) { 12670 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 12671 bool InvalidDecl = false; 12672 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 12673 12674 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 12675 // marking this declaration as invalid. 12676 if (T.isNull()) { 12677 InvalidDecl = true; 12678 T = Context.IntTy; 12679 } 12680 12681 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 12682 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12683 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12684 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 12685 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12686 InvalidDecl = true; 12687 } else { 12688 NamedDecl *Def; 12689 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 12690 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 12691 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12692 InvalidDecl = true; 12693 } 12694 } 12695 } 12696 12697 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 12698 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12699 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 12700 InvalidDecl = true; 12701 } 12702 12703 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12704 // than a variably modified type. 12705 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12706 bool SizeIsNegative; 12707 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 12708 12709 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 12710 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 12711 SizeIsNegative, 12712 Oversized); 12713 if (FixedTInfo) { 12714 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 12715 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 12716 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 12717 } else { 12718 if (SizeIsNegative) 12719 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 12720 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 12721 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 12722 << Oversized.toString(10); 12723 else 12724 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 12725 InvalidDecl = true; 12726 } 12727 } 12728 12729 // Fields can not have abstract class types 12730 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 12731 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12732 AbstractFieldType)) 12733 InvalidDecl = true; 12734 12735 bool ZeroWidth = false; 12736 if (InvalidDecl) 12737 BitWidth = nullptr; 12738 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 12739 if (BitWidth) { 12740 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 12741 &ZeroWidth).get(); 12742 if (!BitWidth) { 12743 InvalidDecl = true; 12744 BitWidth = nullptr; 12745 ZeroWidth = false; 12746 } 12747 } 12748 12749 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 12750 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 12751 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12752 if (T->isReferenceType()) 12753 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 12754 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 12755 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 12756 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 12757 12758 if (DiagID) { 12759 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12760 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12761 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12762 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12763 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 12764 Mutable = false; 12765 InvalidDecl = true; 12766 } 12767 } 12768 } 12769 12770 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12771 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12772 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12773 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12774 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12775 12776 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12777 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12778 if (InvalidDecl) 12779 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12780 12781 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12782 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12783 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12784 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12785 } 12786 12787 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12788 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12789 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12790 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12791 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12792 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12793 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12794 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12795 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12796 // objects. 12797 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12798 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12799 } 12800 } 12801 12802 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12803 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12804 // enabled. 12805 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12806 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12807 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12808 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12809 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12810 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12811 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12812 } 12813 } 12814 } 12815 12816 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12817 // representation, not a parser representation. 12818 if (D) { 12819 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12820 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12821 12822 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12823 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12824 } 12825 12826 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12827 // retainable type. 12828 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12829 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12830 12831 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12832 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12833 12834 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12835 return NewFD; 12836 } 12837 12838 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12839 assert(FD); 12840 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12841 12842 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12843 return false; 12844 12845 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12846 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12847 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12848 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12849 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12850 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12851 // copy constructors. 12852 12853 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12854 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12855 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12856 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12857 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12858 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12859 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12860 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12861 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12862 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12863 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12864 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12865 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12866 member = CXXDestructor; 12867 12868 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12869 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12870 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12871 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12872 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12873 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12874 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12875 // members unavailable. 12876 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12877 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12878 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12879 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12880 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12881 Loc)); 12882 return false; 12883 } 12884 } 12885 12886 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12887 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12888 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12889 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12890 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12891 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12892 } 12893 } 12894 } 12895 12896 return false; 12897 } 12898 12899 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12900 /// AST enum value. 12901 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12902 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12903 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12904 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12905 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12906 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12907 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12908 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12909 } 12910 } 12911 12912 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12913 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12914 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12915 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12916 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12917 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12918 12919 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12920 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12921 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12922 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12923 12924 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12925 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12926 12927 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12928 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12929 12930 if (BitWidth) { 12931 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12932 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12933 if (!BitWidth) 12934 D.setInvalidType(); 12935 } else { 12936 // Not a bitfield. 12937 12938 // validate II. 12939 12940 } 12941 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12942 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12943 D.setInvalidType(); 12944 } 12945 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12946 // than a variably modified type. 12947 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12948 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12949 D.setInvalidType(); 12950 } 12951 12952 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12953 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12954 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12955 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12956 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12957 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12958 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12959 return nullptr; 12960 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12961 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12962 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12963 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12964 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12965 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12966 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12967 } 12968 else 12969 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12970 } else { 12971 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12972 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12973 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12974 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12975 return nullptr; 12976 } 12977 } 12978 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12979 } 12980 12981 // Construct the decl. 12982 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12983 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12984 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12985 12986 if (II) { 12987 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12988 ForRedeclaration); 12989 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12990 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12991 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12992 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12993 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12994 } 12995 } 12996 12997 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12998 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12999 13000 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13001 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13002 13003 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 13004 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 13005 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 13006 13007 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13008 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 13009 13010 if (II) { 13011 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 13012 // these to the interface. 13013 S->AddDecl(NewID); 13014 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 13015 } 13016 13017 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 13018 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 13019 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 13020 13021 return NewID; 13022 } 13023 13024 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 13025 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 13026 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 13027 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 13028 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 13029 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 13030 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 13031 return; 13032 13033 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 13034 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 13035 13036 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 13037 return; 13038 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 13039 if (!ID) { 13040 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 13041 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 13042 return; 13043 } 13044 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 13045 else 13046 return; 13047 } 13048 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 13049 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 13050 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 13051 13052 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 13053 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 13054 Context.CharTy, 13055 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 13056 DeclLoc), 13057 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 13058 true); 13059 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 13060 } 13061 13062 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 13063 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 13064 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 13065 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 13066 13067 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 13068 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 13069 // it will now change. 13070 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13071 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13072 switch (DC->getKind()) { 13073 default: break; 13074 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 13075 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13076 break; 13077 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 13078 Context. 13079 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 13080 break; 13081 } 13082 } 13083 13084 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 13085 13086 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 13087 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 13088 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 13089 if (Record) { 13090 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 13091 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 13092 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 13093 ++NumNamedMembers; 13094 } 13095 } 13096 13097 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 13098 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 13099 13100 bool ARCErrReported = false; 13101 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 13102 i != end; ++i) { 13103 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 13104 13105 // Get the type for the field. 13106 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 13107 13108 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 13109 // Remember all fields written by the user. 13110 RecFields.push_back(FD); 13111 } 13112 13113 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 13114 // diagnostics about it. 13115 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13116 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13117 continue; 13118 } 13119 13120 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 13121 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 13122 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 13123 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 13124 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 13125 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 13126 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 13127 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 13128 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 13129 // array. 13130 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 13131 // Field declared as a function. 13132 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 13133 << FD->getDeclName(); 13134 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13135 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13136 continue; 13137 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 13138 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 13139 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 13140 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 13141 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 13142 // Flexible array member. 13143 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 13144 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 13145 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 13146 unsigned DiagID = 0; 13147 if (Record->isUnion()) 13148 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13149 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 13150 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13151 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 13152 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 13153 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 13154 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 13155 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 13156 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 13157 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 13158 : NumNamedMembers < 1 13159 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 13160 : 0; 13161 13162 if (DiagID) 13163 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 13164 << Record->getTagKind(); 13165 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 13166 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 13167 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 13168 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 13169 // of the type. 13170 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 13171 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 13172 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 13173 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13174 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 13175 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 13176 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 13177 13178 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 13179 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 13180 // 13181 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 13182 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 13183 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13184 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 13185 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 13186 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13187 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13188 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13189 continue; 13190 } 13191 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 13192 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13193 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 13194 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13195 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 13196 // Incomplete type 13197 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13198 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 13199 continue; 13200 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 13201 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 13202 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 13203 // flexible array member. 13204 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 13205 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 13206 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 13207 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 13208 // structures. 13209 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 13210 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 13211 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 13212 else { 13213 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 13214 // other structs as an extension. 13215 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 13216 << FD->getDeclName(); 13217 } 13218 } 13219 } 13220 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 13221 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 13222 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13223 AbstractIvarType)) { 13224 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 13225 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13226 } 13227 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13228 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13229 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 13230 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13231 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 13232 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 13233 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 13234 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 13235 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 13236 FD->setType(T); 13237 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 13238 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 13239 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 13240 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 13241 // so we just make the field unavailable. 13242 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 13243 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 13244 QualType T = FD->getType(); 13245 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 13246 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 13247 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 13248 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 13249 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 13250 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 13251 "this system field has retaining ownership", 13252 loc)); 13253 } 13254 } else { 13255 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 13256 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 13257 } 13258 ARCErrReported = true; 13259 } 13260 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 13261 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 13262 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 13263 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13264 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 13265 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13266 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 13267 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 13268 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 13269 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 13270 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13271 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 13272 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 13273 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 13274 } 13275 } 13276 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 13277 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 13278 // Keep track of the number of named members. 13279 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 13280 ++NumNamedMembers; 13281 } 13282 13283 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 13284 if (Record) { 13285 bool Completed = false; 13286 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 13287 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 13288 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 13289 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 13290 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 13291 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 13292 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 13293 13294 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 13295 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 13296 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 13297 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 13298 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 13299 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 13300 } 13301 13302 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 13303 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 13304 13305 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 13306 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 13307 // problem now. 13308 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 13309 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 13310 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 13311 13312 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 13313 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 13314 M != MEnd; ++M) { 13315 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 13316 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 13317 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 13318 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 13319 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 13320 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 13321 continue; 13322 13323 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 13324 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 13325 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 13326 // program is ill-formed. 13327 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 13328 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 13329 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 13330 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 13331 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 13332 OM = SO->second.begin(), 13333 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 13334 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 13335 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 13336 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 13337 13338 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 13339 } 13340 } 13341 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 13342 Completed = true; 13343 } 13344 } 13345 } 13346 } 13347 13348 if (!Completed) 13349 Record->completeDefinition(); 13350 13351 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 13352 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 13353 13354 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 13355 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 13356 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 13357 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 13358 } 13359 13360 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 13361 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 13362 // compatibility problems. 13363 bool CheckForZeroSize; 13364 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13365 CheckForZeroSize = true; 13366 } else { 13367 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 13368 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 13369 CheckForZeroSize = 13370 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 13371 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 13372 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 13373 } 13374 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 13375 bool ZeroSize = true; 13376 bool IsEmpty = true; 13377 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 13378 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 13379 E = Record->field_end(); 13380 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 13381 IsEmpty = false; 13382 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 13383 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 13384 ZeroSize = false; 13385 } else { 13386 ++NonBitFields; 13387 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 13388 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 13389 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 13390 ZeroSize = false; 13391 } 13392 } 13393 13394 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 13395 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 13396 // extern "C" block. 13397 if (ZeroSize) { 13398 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 13399 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 13400 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 13401 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 13402 } 13403 13404 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 13405 // but are accepted by GCC. 13406 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13407 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 13408 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 13409 << Record->isUnion(); 13410 } 13411 } 13412 } else { 13413 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 13414 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 13415 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13416 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 13417 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 13418 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13419 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 13420 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13421 } 13422 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 13423 // duplicates. 13424 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 13425 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 13426 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 13427 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13428 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 13429 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 13430 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 13431 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 13432 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 13433 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 13434 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13435 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13436 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 13437 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 13438 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 13439 // reported as errors elsewhere. 13440 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 13441 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 13442 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 13443 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 13444 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 13445 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13446 if (IDecl) { 13447 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 13448 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13449 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13450 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13451 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13452 continue; 13453 } 13454 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 13455 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 13456 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 13457 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 13458 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 13459 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13460 continue; 13461 } 13462 } 13463 } 13464 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 13465 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 13466 } 13467 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 13468 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 13469 } 13470 } 13471 13472 if (Attr) 13473 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 13474 } 13475 13476 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 13477 /// the given type T. 13478 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 13479 llvm::APSInt &Value, 13480 QualType T) { 13481 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13482 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 13483 13484 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 13485 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 13486 --BitWidth; 13487 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 13488 } 13489 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 13490 } 13491 13492 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 13493 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 13494 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 13495 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 13496 // enum checking below. 13497 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 13498 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 13499 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13500 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 13501 }; 13502 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 13503 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 13504 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 13505 }; 13506 13507 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 13508 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 13509 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 13510 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 13511 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 13512 return Types[I]; 13513 13514 return QualType(); 13515 } 13516 13517 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 13518 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 13519 SourceLocation IdLoc, 13520 IdentifierInfo *Id, 13521 Expr *Val) { 13522 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13523 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 13524 QualType EltTy; 13525 13526 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 13527 Val = nullptr; 13528 13529 if (Val) 13530 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 13531 13532 if (Val) { 13533 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 13534 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13535 else { 13536 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 13537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 13538 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13539 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 13540 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 13541 // constant expression of the underlying type. 13542 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13543 ExprResult Converted = 13544 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 13545 CCEK_Enumerator); 13546 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 13547 Val = nullptr; 13548 else 13549 Val = Converted.get(); 13550 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 13551 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 13552 &EnumVal).get())) { 13553 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 13554 } else { 13555 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13556 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13557 13558 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 13559 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 13560 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 13561 // expression checking. 13562 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13563 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 13564 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13565 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13566 } else 13567 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 13568 } else 13569 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13570 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 13571 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 13572 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13573 // is the type of its initializing value: 13574 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 13575 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 13576 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13577 } else { 13578 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 13579 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 13580 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 13581 // representable as an int. 13582 13583 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 13584 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 13585 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13586 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 13587 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 13588 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 13589 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 13590 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 13591 } 13592 EltTy = Val->getType(); 13593 } 13594 } 13595 } 13596 } 13597 13598 if (!Val) { 13599 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 13600 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 13601 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 13602 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13603 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13604 // is the type of its initializing value: 13605 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 13606 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 13607 // 13608 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 13609 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 13610 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13611 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13612 } 13613 else { 13614 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 13615 } 13616 } else { 13617 // Assign the last value + 1. 13618 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13619 ++EnumVal; 13620 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 13621 13622 // Check for overflow on increment. 13623 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 13624 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 13625 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 13626 // is the type of its initializing value: 13627 // 13628 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 13629 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 13630 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 13631 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 13632 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 13633 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 13634 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 13635 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 13636 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 13637 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 13638 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13639 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 13640 ++EnumVal; 13641 if (Enum->isFixed()) 13642 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 13643 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 13644 << EnumVal.toString(10) 13645 << EltTy; 13646 else 13647 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 13648 << EnumVal.toString(10); 13649 } else { 13650 EltTy = T; 13651 } 13652 13653 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 13654 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 13655 // value, then increment. 13656 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 13657 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13658 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13659 ++EnumVal; 13660 13661 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 13662 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 13663 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 13664 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 13665 // integral type. 13666 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 13667 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 13668 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13669 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 13670 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 13671 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 13672 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 13673 } 13674 } 13675 } 13676 13677 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 13678 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 13679 // enumerator's type. 13680 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 13681 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 13682 } 13683 13684 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 13685 Val, EnumVal); 13686 } 13687 13688 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 13689 SourceLocation IILoc) { 13690 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 13691 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13692 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13693 13694 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 13695 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 13696 // skip the body. 13697 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13698 ForRedeclaration); 13699 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 13700 NamedDecl *Hidden; 13701 if (PrevECD && 13702 !hasVisibleDefinition(cast<NamedDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()), 13703 &Hidden)) { 13704 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 13705 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 13706 return Skip; 13707 } 13708 13709 return SkipBodyInfo(); 13710 } 13711 13712 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 13713 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 13714 AttributeList *Attr, 13715 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 13716 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 13717 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 13718 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 13719 13720 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 13721 // we find one that is. 13722 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 13723 13724 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 13725 // scope. 13726 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 13727 ForRedeclaration); 13728 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13729 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13730 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 13731 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13732 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13733 } 13734 13735 if (PrevDecl) { 13736 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 13737 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 13738 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 13739 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 13740 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 13741 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13742 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 13743 else 13744 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 13745 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13746 return nullptr; 13747 } 13748 } 13749 13750 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 13751 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 13752 // different from T: 13753 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 13754 // enumerated type 13755 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 13756 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 13757 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 13758 13759 EnumConstantDecl *New = 13760 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 13761 13762 if (New) { 13763 // Process attributes. 13764 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 13765 13766 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 13767 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 13768 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 13769 } 13770 13771 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 13772 13773 return New; 13774 } 13775 13776 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 13777 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13778 // Element2 = Element1 13779 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13780 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13781 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13782 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13783 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13784 if (!InitExpr) 13785 return true; 13786 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13787 13788 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13789 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13790 return true; 13791 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13792 if (!IL) 13793 return true; 13794 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13795 return true; 13796 13797 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13798 } 13799 13800 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13801 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13802 if (!DRE) 13803 return true; 13804 13805 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13806 if (!EnumConstant) 13807 return true; 13808 13809 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13810 Enum) 13811 return true; 13812 13813 return false; 13814 } 13815 13816 struct DupKey { 13817 int64_t val; 13818 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13819 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13820 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13821 }; 13822 13823 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13824 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13825 false); 13826 } 13827 13828 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13829 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13830 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13831 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13832 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13833 } 13834 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13835 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13836 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13837 } 13838 }; 13839 13840 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13841 // a previous element has already been set to. 13842 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13843 EnumDecl *Enum, 13844 QualType EnumType) { 13845 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13846 return; 13847 // Avoid anonymous enums 13848 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13849 return; 13850 13851 // Only check for small enums. 13852 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13853 return; 13854 13855 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13856 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13857 13858 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13859 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13860 ValueToVectorMap; 13861 13862 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13863 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13864 13865 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13866 // an initialier. 13867 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13868 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13869 13870 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13871 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13872 if (!ECD) { 13873 return; 13874 } 13875 13876 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13877 continue; 13878 13879 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13880 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13881 13882 // First time encountering this value. 13883 if (Entry.isNull()) 13884 Entry = ECD; 13885 } 13886 13887 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13888 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13889 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13890 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13891 continue; 13892 13893 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13894 13895 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13896 if (Entry.isNull()) 13897 continue; 13898 13899 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13900 // Ensure constants are different. 13901 if (D == ECD) 13902 continue; 13903 13904 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13905 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13906 Vec->push_back(D); 13907 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13908 13909 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13910 Entry = Vec; 13911 13912 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13913 // diagnostics. 13914 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13915 continue; 13916 } 13917 13918 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13919 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13920 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13921 continue; 13922 13923 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13924 } 13925 13926 // Emit diagnostics. 13927 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13928 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13929 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13930 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13931 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13932 13933 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13934 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13935 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13936 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13937 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13938 ++I; 13939 13940 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13941 // the same value. 13942 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13943 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13944 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13945 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13946 delete Vec; 13947 } 13948 } 13949 13950 bool 13951 Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 13952 bool AllowMask) const { 13953 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = ED->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 13954 assert(FEAttr && "looking for value in non-flag enum"); 13955 13956 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FEAttr->getFlagBits(); 13957 unsigned Width = FlagMask.getBitWidth(); 13958 13959 // We will try a zero-extended value for the regular check first. 13960 llvm::APInt ExtVal = Val.zextOrSelf(Width); 13961 13962 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 13963 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 13964 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 13965 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 13966 // 13967 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 13968 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 13969 // likely a logic error. 13970 if (!(FlagMask & ExtVal)) 13971 return true; 13972 13973 if (AllowMask) { 13974 // Try a one-extended value instead. This can happen if the enum is wider 13975 // than the constant used, in C with extensions to allow for wider enums. 13976 // The mask will still have the correct behaviour, so we give the user the 13977 // benefit of the doubt. 13978 // 13979 // FIXME: This heuristic can cause weird results if the enum was extended 13980 // to a larger type and is signed, because then bit-masks of smaller types 13981 // that get extended will fall out of range (e.g. ~0x1u). We currently don't 13982 // detect that case and will get a false positive for it. In most cases, 13983 // though, it can be fixed by making it a signed type (e.g. ~0x1), so it may 13984 // be fine just to accept this as a warning. 13985 ExtVal |= llvm::APInt::getHighBitsSet(Width, Width - Val.getBitWidth()); 13986 if (!(FlagMask & ~ExtVal)) 13987 return true; 13988 } 13989 13990 return false; 13991 } 13992 13993 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13994 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13995 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13996 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13997 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13998 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13999 14000 if (Attr) 14001 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 14002 14003 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 14004 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14005 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14006 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14007 if (!ECD) continue; 14008 14009 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14010 } 14011 14012 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 14013 return; 14014 } 14015 14016 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 14017 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 14018 // emit a warning. 14019 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 14020 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 14021 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 14022 14023 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 14024 // reverse the list. 14025 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 14026 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 14027 14028 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 14029 bool AllElementsInt = true; 14030 14031 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 14032 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 14033 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 14034 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14035 14036 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14037 14038 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 14039 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 14040 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 14041 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 14042 else 14043 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 14044 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 14045 14046 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 14047 if (AllElementsInt) 14048 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 14049 } 14050 14051 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 14052 QualType BestType; 14053 unsigned BestWidth; 14054 14055 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 14056 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 14057 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 14058 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 14059 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 14060 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 14061 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 14062 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 14063 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 14064 QualType BestPromotionType; 14065 14066 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 14067 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 14068 // enum definitions. 14069 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 14070 Packed = true; 14071 14072 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 14073 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 14074 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 14075 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 14076 else 14077 BestPromotionType = BestType; 14078 14079 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 14080 } 14081 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 14082 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 14083 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 14084 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14085 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 14086 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 14087 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14088 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 14089 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 14090 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 14091 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14092 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 14093 BestType = Context.IntTy; 14094 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14095 } else { 14096 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 14097 14098 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 14099 BestType = Context.LongTy; 14100 } else { 14101 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14102 14103 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 14104 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 14105 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 14106 } 14107 } 14108 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 14109 } else { 14110 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 14111 // all of the enumerator values. 14112 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 14113 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 14114 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 14115 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14116 BestWidth = CharWidth; 14117 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 14118 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 14119 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 14120 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 14121 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 14122 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 14123 BestWidth = IntWidth; 14124 BestPromotionType 14125 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14126 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 14127 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 14128 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 14129 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 14130 BestPromotionType 14131 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14132 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 14133 } else { 14134 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 14135 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 14136 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 14137 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 14138 BestPromotionType 14139 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14140 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 14141 } 14142 } 14143 14144 FlagEnumAttr *FEAttr = Enum->getAttr<FlagEnumAttr>(); 14145 if (FEAttr) 14146 FEAttr->getFlagBits() = llvm::APInt(BestWidth, 0); 14147 14148 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 14149 // the type of the enum if needed. If we have a flag type, we also prepare the 14150 // FlagBits cache. 14151 for (auto *D : Elements) { 14152 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14153 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14154 14155 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 14156 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 14157 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 14158 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 14159 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 14160 14161 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 14162 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14163 14164 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 14165 // the enum decl type. 14166 QualType NewTy; 14167 unsigned NewWidth; 14168 bool NewSign; 14169 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14170 !Enum->isFixed() && 14171 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 14172 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 14173 NewWidth = IntWidth; 14174 NewSign = true; 14175 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 14176 // Already the right type! 14177 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14178 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14179 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14180 // enumeration. 14181 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14182 goto flagbits; 14183 } else { 14184 NewTy = BestType; 14185 NewWidth = BestWidth; 14186 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 14187 } 14188 14189 // Adjust the APSInt value. 14190 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 14191 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 14192 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 14193 14194 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 14195 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 14196 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 14197 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 14198 CK_IntegralCast, 14199 ECD->getInitExpr(), 14200 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 14201 VK_RValue)); 14202 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 14203 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 14204 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 14205 // enumeration. 14206 ECD->setType(EnumType); 14207 else 14208 ECD->setType(NewTy); 14209 14210 flagbits: 14211 // Check to see if we have a constant with exactly one bit set. Note that x 14212 // & (x - 1) will be nonzero if and only if x has more than one bit set. 14213 if (FEAttr) { 14214 llvm::APInt ExtVal = InitVal.zextOrSelf(BestWidth); 14215 if (ExtVal != 0 && !(ExtVal & (ExtVal - 1))) { 14216 FEAttr->getFlagBits() |= ExtVal; 14217 } 14218 } 14219 } 14220 14221 if (FEAttr) { 14222 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 14223 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 14224 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 14225 14226 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 14227 if (InitVal != 0 && !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 14228 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 14229 << ECD << Enum; 14230 } 14231 } 14232 14233 14234 14235 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 14236 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 14237 14238 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 14239 14240 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 14241 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 14242 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 14243 } 14244 14245 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 14246 SourceLocation StartLoc, 14247 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 14248 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 14249 14250 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 14251 AsmString, StartLoc, 14252 EndLoc); 14253 CurContext->addDecl(New); 14254 return New; 14255 } 14256 14257 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 14258 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14259 DeclContext *DC) { 14260 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 14261 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 14262 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 14263 if (!M->IsExternC) { 14264 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 14265 << M->getFullModuleName(); 14266 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 14267 return; 14268 } 14269 break; 14270 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 14271 break; 14272 } 14273 DC = LSD->getParent(); 14274 } 14275 14276 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 14277 DC = DC->getParent(); 14278 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 14279 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14280 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 14281 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 14282 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 14283 << DC; 14284 } 14285 } 14286 14287 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 14288 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 14289 ModuleIdPath Path) { 14290 Module *Mod = 14291 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 14292 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 14293 if (!Mod) 14294 return true; 14295 14296 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, ImportLoc); 14297 14298 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 14299 14300 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 14301 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 14302 // silently ignoring the import. 14303 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 14304 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 14305 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 14306 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 14307 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 14308 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 14309 14310 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 14311 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 14312 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 14313 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 14314 // We need the length to be consistent. 14315 if (!ModCheck) 14316 break; 14317 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 14318 14319 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 14320 } 14321 14322 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 14323 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 14324 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 14325 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 14326 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 14327 return Import; 14328 } 14329 14330 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14331 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14332 14333 // Determine whether we're in the #include buffer for a module. The #includes 14334 // in that buffer do not qualify as module imports; they're just an 14335 // implementation detail of us building the module. 14336 // 14337 // FIXME: Should we even get ActOnModuleInclude calls for those? 14338 bool IsInModuleIncludes = 14339 TUKind == TU_Module && 14340 getSourceManager().isWrittenInMainFile(DirectiveLoc); 14341 14342 // If this module import was due to an inclusion directive, create an 14343 // implicit import declaration to capture it in the AST. 14344 if (!IsInModuleIncludes) { 14345 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14346 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14347 DirectiveLoc, Mod, 14348 DirectiveLoc); 14349 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14350 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14351 } 14352 14353 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc); 14354 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14355 } 14356 14357 void Sema::ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14358 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14359 14360 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 14361 VisibleModulesStack.push_back(std::move(VisibleModules)); 14362 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14363 } 14364 14365 void Sema::ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 14366 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 14367 14368 if (getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) { 14369 VisibleModules = std::move(VisibleModulesStack.back()); 14370 VisibleModulesStack.pop_back(); 14371 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, DirectiveLoc); 14372 } 14373 } 14374 14375 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 14376 Module *Mod) { 14377 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 14378 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 14379 return; 14380 14381 // Create the implicit import declaration. 14382 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 14383 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 14384 Loc, Mod, Loc); 14385 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 14386 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 14387 14388 // Make the module visible. 14389 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc); 14390 VisibleModules.setVisible(Mod, Loc); 14391 } 14392 14393 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14394 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14395 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14396 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14397 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14398 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 14399 LookupOrdinaryName); 14400 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = 14401 AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, AliasName->getName(), AliasNameLoc); 14402 14403 // If a declaration that: 14404 // 1) declares a function or a variable 14405 // 2) has external linkage 14406 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 14407 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 14408 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 14409 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 14410 else 14411 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 14412 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 14413 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 14414 } else 14415 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 14416 } 14417 14418 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14419 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14420 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14421 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 14422 14423 if (PrevDecl) { 14424 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 14425 } else { 14426 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14427 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 14428 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 14429 } 14430 } 14431 14432 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 14433 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 14434 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 14435 SourceLocation NameLoc, 14436 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 14437 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 14438 LookupOrdinaryName); 14439 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 14440 14441 if (PrevDecl) { 14442 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 14443 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14444 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 14445 } else { 14446 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 14447 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 14448 } 14449 } 14450 14451 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 14452 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 14453 } 14454 14455 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 14456 const Decl *D = cast_or_null<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 14457 if (!D) 14458 return AR_Available; 14459 14460 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 14461 // both the availability of the method as well as the 14462 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 14463 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 14464 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 14465 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 14466 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 14467 if (R != AR_Available) 14468 return R; 14469 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 14470 } 14471 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 14472 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 14473 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 14474 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 14475 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 14476 } 14477 // Recover from user error. 14478 return D ? D->getAvailability() : AR_Available; 14479 } 14480